1 पूर्वज और पूज्य के स्वमान में रह मन्सा द्वारा सर्व की पालना करो , पूरे वृक्ष को सकाश दो pūrvaj aur pūjya kē|K svamān mē̃ rah mansā dvārā sarv kī|key pālnā karō , pūrē vr̥ikṣha kō sakāśh dō pūrvaj[adj.] aur pūjya[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svamān[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[root] mansā dvārā sarv[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] kō[postp.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ancestor and worthy of worship (of|K) self-respect in remain[root] through the mind through all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , full tree to sakaash (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])
1Stay in the self-respect of being an ancestor and a worship-worthy soul and sustain everyone with your mind, and give sakaash to the whole tree.
2आज बापदादा अपने चारों ओर के पूर्वज और पूज्य आत्माओं को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā apnē chārō̃ ōr kē|K pūrvaj aur pūjya ātmāō̃ kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pūrvaj[adj.] aur pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada one’s own everywhere (of|K) ancestor and worthy of worship soul to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, BapDada is looking at all His souls everywhere who are the ancestors and worship-worthy souls.
3पूर्वज आत्मायें अपने को समझते हो ना . pūrvaj ātmāyē̃ apnē kō samajhtē hō nā . pūrvaj[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . ancestor soul one’s own to understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
3You consider yourselves to be ancestor souls, do you not?
4पूज्य आत्माओं का निवास कहाँ हैं ? pūjya ātmāō̃ kā nivās kahā̃ haĩ ? pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nivās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? worthy of worship soul of x where be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
4Where do worship-worthy souls live?
5अपने झाड़ को सामने लाओ उसमें देखो , आपका स्थान कहाँ है ? apnē jhāṛ kō sāmnē lāō usmē̃ dēkhō , āpkā sthān kahā̃ hai ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jhāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāmnē lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , āp[pn.pl.kā] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? one’s own tree to x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.mē̃] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , you[.kā] place where be[pres.sg.23] ?
5Bring your tree in front of you and look at where your place is in that.
6जानते हो कि आप पूर्वजों का स्थान जड़ में है . jāntē hō ki āp pūrvajō̃ kā sthān jaṛ mē̃ hai . jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] pūrvaj[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . know[pres.pl.m.2] that you ancestor of place (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) in be[pres.sg.23] .
6You know that the place of you ancestors is at the roots.
7झाड़ के जड़ में भी है , तना में भी है . jhāṛ kē|K jaṛ mē̃ bhī hai , tanā mē̃ bhī hai . jhāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . tree (of|K) (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) in too be[pres.sg.23] , trunk in too be[pres.sg.23] .
7You are in the roots of the tree and also in the trunk.
8तो जड़ के द्वारा ही सारे वृक्ष को पालना मिलती है . tō jaṛ kē|K dvārā hī sārē vr̥ikṣha kō pālnā miltī hai . tō jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dvārā hī[p.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] kō[postp.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) (of|K) through only the whole tree to (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
8So, the whole tree receives sustenance through the roots.
9तो आप इस सारे वृक्ष के टाल टालियां वा पत्तों की पालना करने वाले , सकाश देने वाले पूर्वज हो . tō āp is sārē vr̥ikṣha kē|K ṭāl ṭāliyā̃ vā pattō̃ kī|key pālnā karnē vālē , sakāśh dēnē vālē pūrvaj hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|ṭālnā[root] ṭālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] vā pattā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you this the whole tree (of|K) (x|x[root]) x or leaf (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who ancestor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
9You are the ancestors who sustain and give sakaash to all the branches, twigs and leaves of the whole tree.
10पूर्वज के साथ पूज्य भी हो . pūrvaj kē sāth pūjya bhī hō . pūrvaj[adj.] kē sāth[x] pūjya[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ancestor with worthy of worship too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
10Together with being ancestors, you are also worthy of worship.
11तना द्वारा लास्ट पत्ते को भी सकाश मिलती है . tanā dvārā last pattē kō bhī sakāśh miltī hai . tanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dvārā last pattā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . trunk through last leaf to too sakaash receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
11Even the last leaf receives sakaash through the trunk.
12तो अपने को सारे वृक्ष को सकाश देने वाले अनुभव करते हो ? tō apnē kō sārē vr̥ikṣha kō sakāśh dēnē vālē anubhav kartē hō ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] kō[postp.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then one’s own to the whole tree to sakaash give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
12Do you experience yourselves to be those who give sakaash to the whole tree?
13नशा रहता है कि हम पूर्वज सर्व आत्माओं रूपी टाल टालियां या पत्तों को सकाश दे रहे हैं ! naśhā rahtā hai ki ham pūrvaj sarv ātmāō̃ rūpī ṭāl ṭāliyā̃ yā pattō̃ kō sakāśh dē rahē haĩ ! naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] sarv[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] rūpī[adj.] ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|ṭālnā[root] ṭālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] yā pattā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ! intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] that we ancestor all soul in the form of (x|x[root]) x or leaf to sakaash give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !
13Do you have the intoxication of being the ancestors who give sakaash to all souls who are the branches, twigs and leaves?
14जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप को ग्रेट ग्रेट ग्रैण्ड फादर कहते हैं तो उनके आप बच्चे साथी भी मास्टर ग्रेट ग्रेट ग्रैण्ड फादर हो . jaisē brahmā bāp kō great great grand father kahtē haĩ tō unkē āp bachchē sāthī bhī master great great grand father hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] great great grand father kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.kē] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] master great great grand father hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . like Brahma father to x x x father say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kē] you child companion too master x x x father (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
14Just as Father Brahma is said to be the great-great-grandfather, so you, his children, his companions are also master great-great-grandfather.
15सारे वृक्ष के आत्माओं की आप पूर्वज आत्माओं की तरफ आकर्षण है . sārē vr̥ikṣha kē|K ātmāō̃ kī|key āp pūrvaj ātmāō̃ kī|key taraph ākarṣhaṇ hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āp[pn.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] ākarṣhaṇ[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole tree (of|K) soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) you ancestor soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) direction attraction be[pres.sg.23] .
15Souls of the whole tree are attracted to you ancestor souls.
16आप पूर्वज आत्मायें उन्हों की पालना शक्तियों द्वारा करते . āp pūrvaj ātmāyē̃ unhō̃ kī|key pālnā śhaktiyō̃ dvārā kartē . āp[pn.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . you ancestor soul that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) Shakti through do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
16You ancestor souls sustain them with your powers.
17जैसे आप सभी पूर्वज आत्माओं की पालना बाप ने की तो बाप ने कैसे की ? jaisē āp sabhī pūrvaj ātmāō̃ kī|key pālnā bāp nē kī|key tō bāp nē kaisē kī|key ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] pūrvaj[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? like you all ancestor soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) father ∅ (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then father ∅ how (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
17The Father sustained all of you ancestor souls; how did He do that?
18शक्तियों द्वारा . śhaktiyō̃ dvārā . śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā . Shakti through .
18With all the powers.
19वैसे आप भी पूर्वज के नाते से शक्तियों द्वारा उन्हों की पालना करने वाले हो . vaisē āp bhī pūrvaj kē|K nātē sē śhaktiyō̃ dvārā unhō̃ kī|key pālnā karnē vālē hō . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] pūrvaj[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] dvārā vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x you too ancestor (of|K) relationship from Shakti through that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
19Similarly, in terms of you being the ancestors, you are the ones who sustain them with the powers.
20आजकल देखते हो कि सभी आत्मायें दुःखी हैं , पुकार रही हैं , अपने-अपने देवी देवताओं को , आओ हमारी रक्षा करो . ājkal dēkhtē hō ki sabhī ātmāyē̃ duḥkhī haĩ , pukār rahī haĩ , apnē-apnē dēvī dēvtāō̃ kō , āō hamārī rakṣhā karō . ājkal dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] duḥkhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , pukārnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēvtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ham[pn.pl.kī] rakṣhā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . nowadays see[pres.pl.m.2] that all soul hurt[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , call[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , one’s own goddess deity to , come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] we[.kī] protection do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
20Nowadays, you can see that all souls are unhappy; they are calling out to their own special deities: Come and protect us!
21हमें शान्ति दो , हमें शक्ति दो . hamē̃ śhānti dō , hamē̃ śhakti dō . ham[pn.pl.kō] śhānti dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ham[pn.pl.kō] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . we[.kō] peace (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , we[.kō] Shakti (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
21Give us peace! 22Give us power!
22ओ क्षमा के सागर पूर्वज हमें पालना दो . ō kṣhamā kē|K sāgar pūrvaj hamē̃ pālnā dō . O kṣhamā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvaj[adj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x forgiveness (of|K) ocean ancestor we[.kō] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .
23O ocean of forgiveness ancestors, sustain us!
23तो यह आवाज आप पूर्वज आत्माओं के कानों में सुनाई दे रहा है ? tō yah āvāj āp pūrvaj ātmāō̃ kē|K kānō̃ mē̃ sunāī dē rahā hai ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sunānā[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? then this noise you ancestor soul (of|K) ear in speak[opt.sg.23.past-part+dēnā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
24Can you ancestor souls hear this sound in your ears?
24अनुभव करते हो कि हम ही पूर्वज हैं ? anubhav kartē hō ki ham hī pūrvaj haĩ ? anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] pūrvaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? experience do[pres.pl.m.2] that we only ancestor be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
25Do you have the experience of being the ancestors?
25सारे वृक्ष में देखो जो भी अन्य धर्म वाली आत्मायें भी हैं तो वृक्ष में टाल टालियां होने के कारण वह भी आपको उसी नजर से देखते हैं . sārē vr̥ikṣha mē̃ dēkhō jō bhī anya dharm vālī ātmāyē̃ bhī haĩ tō vr̥ikṣha mē̃ ṭāl ṭāliyā̃ hōnē kē|K kāraṇ vah bhī āpkō usī najar sē dēkhtē haĩ . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] anya[adj.] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō vr̥ikṣha[x] mē̃[postp.] ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|ṭālnā[root] ṭālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] vah[pn.sg.hī] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . the whole tree in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that too other religion those who soul too be[pres.pl.12hon3] then tree in (x|x[root]) x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because that too you[.kō] that[.hī] glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
26Look at the whole tree: Because all the souls of other religions are the branches and twigs of the tree, they too look at you with that vision.
26उन्हों के भी पूर्वज आप ही हो . unhō̃ kē|K bhī pūrvaj āp hī hō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] pūrvaj[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that (of|K) too ancestor you only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
27You are their ancestors too.
27कोई भी धर्म वाली आत्माओं से आप जब मिलते हो तो यह समझते हो कि यह भी हमारे ही वृक्ष की टाल टालियां हैं ! kōī bhī dharm vālī ātmāō̃ sē āp jab miltē hō tō yah samajhtē hō ki yah bhī hamārē hī vr̥ikṣha kī|key ṭāl ṭāliyā̃ haĩ ! kōī bhī[x] dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] jab milnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ham[pn.pl.kē] hī[p.] vr̥ikṣha[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|ṭālnā[root] ṭālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! anyone religion those who soul from you when receive[pres.pl.m.2] then this understand[pres.pl.m.2] that this too we[.kē] only tree (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|x[root]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
28Whenever you meet souls of any religion, do you consider them to be the branches and twigs of your own tree?
28वह भी जब आपसे मिलते हैं तो समझते हैं कि यह अपने हैं ! vah bhī jab āpsē miltē haĩ tō samajhtē haĩ ki yah apnē haĩ ! vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] jab āp[pn.pl.sē] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! that too when you[.sē] receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this one’s own be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
29When they meet you, they consider you to belong to them.
29अपनेपन का अनुभव उन आत्माओं को भी हो रहा है और होना है . apnēpan kā anubhav un ātmāō̃ kō bhī hō rahā hai aur hōnā hai . apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . consciousness of “I” of experience that soul to too be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
30Those souls have the feeling of you belonging to them and they should have that feeling.
30तो इतना नशा , इतना अन्दर से आप लोगों के पास रहम आता है ? tō itnā naśhā , itnā andar sē āp lōgō̃ kē pās rahm ātā hai ? tō itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] andar sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē pās[x] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then such intoxication , such inside from you people to mercy come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
31Do you have that much intoxication and the feeling of mercy within you?
31वह चिल्ला रहे हैं रहम करो तो अभी समय अनुसार आप सभी पूर्वज आत्माओं को मन्सा द्वारा शक्तियों की पालना करनी है . vah chillā rahē haĩ rahm karō tō abhī samay anusār āp sabhī pūrvaj ātmāō̃ kō mansā dvārā śhaktiyō̃ kī|key pālnā karnī hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] chillānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] pūrvaj[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mansā dvārā śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that cry[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] mercy do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then now time according to you all ancestor soul to through the mind through Shakti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
32They are crying out in distress: Have mercy! 33So, now, according to the time, all of you ancestor souls have to sustain them through the mind with the powers.
32उन्हों को आवश्यकता है . unhō̃ kō āvaśhyaktā hai . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that to need be[pres.sg.23] .
34They need this now.
33तो जितना आप अपने पूर्वज के नशे में रहेंगे उतना ही आप द्वारा उन्हों की पालना होगी . tō jitnā āp apnē pūrvaj kē|K naśhē mē̃ rahē̃gē utnā hī āp dvārā unhō̃ kī|key pālnā hōgī . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] dvārā vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig1] . then the more you one’s own ancestor (of|K) intoxication in remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x only you through that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sustenance[fut.f.sg.23.oblig1] .
35To the extent that you maintain the intoxication of being an ancestor, to that extent those souls will be sustained by you.
34वैसे भी देखो किसी की भी पालना लौकिक में भी बड़ों से होती है . vaisē bhī dēkhō kisī kī|key bhī pālnā laukik mē̃ bhī baṛō̃ sē hōtī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] laukik[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (anything|some) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) worldly in too very from be[pres.sg.f.23] .
36Generally, in lokik life too, one is sustained by one's elders.
35वही उन्हों के शरीर के खाने पीने , पढ़ाई जो सोर्स आफ इनकम है , उनका प्रबन्ध करते हैं . vahī unhō̃ kē|K śharīr kē|K khānē pīnē , paṛhāī jō source of income hai , unkā prabandh kartē haĩ . vahī vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] pīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] , paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] source of income[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.pl.kā] prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this that (of|K) body (of|K) (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) drink[inf.m.pl.,o.] , (teach[past-part.f.]|study) that source of income be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kā] arrangement do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
37They are the ones who provide and make arrangements for food and drink for one's body and study which is a source of income.
36तो जैसे बाप ने आप सभी बच्चों की भिन्न-भिन्न शक्तियों से पालना की है वैसे अभी आपका कार्य है सारे वृक्ष के टाल टालियों और पत्तों की पालना करना . tō jaisē bāp nē āp sabhī bachchō̃ kī|key bhinn-bhinn śhaktiyō̃ sē pālnā kī hai vaisē abhī āpkā kārya hai sārē vr̥ikṣha kē|K ṭāl ṭāliyō̃ aur pattō̃ kī|key pālnā karnā . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhinn[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kā] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥ikṣha[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ṭāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|ṭālnā[root] ṭālī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] aur pattā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then like father ∅ you all child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) different Shakti from (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] x now you[.kā] task be[pres.sg.23] the whole tree (of|K) (x|x[root]) x and leaf (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
38Just as the Father has sustained all of you children with different powers, in the same way, it is your duty to sustain all the branches, twigs and leaves of the whole tree.
37ऐसा उमंग आप पूर्वज आत्माओं को आता है ? aisā umaṅg āp pūrvaj ātmāō̃ kō ātā hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? such zeal you ancestor soul to come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
39Do you ancestor souls have such enthusiasm?
38नशा है पूज्य भी हो . naśhā hai pūjya bhī hō . naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pūjya[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . intoxication be[pres.sg.23] worthy of worship too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
40Do you have the intoxication that you are also the worthy of worship souls?
39देखो , सारे ड्रामा में जितनी आप आत्माओं की कायदे प्रमाण पूजा होती है उतनी पूजा कोई भी महात्मा , धर्म पिता की नहीं होती . dēkhō , sārē drama mē̃ jitnī āp ātmāō̃ kī|key kāydē pramāṇ pūjā hōtī hai utnī pūjā kōī bhī mahātmā , dharm pitā kī|key nahī̃ hōtī . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] drama mē̃[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] kōī bhī[x] mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] , dharm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pitā[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the whole drama in the more you soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) law (under) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) be[pres.sg.f.23] x (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) anyone great soul , religion father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) not be[pres-part.f.] . 40आपकी पूजा नियम प्रमाण आरती होना , भोग लगना , ऐसी किसकी भी नहीं होती . āpkī pūjā niyam pramāṇ ārtī hōnā , bhōg lagnā , aisī kiskī bhī nahī̃ hōtī . āp[pn.pl.kī] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ārtī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bhōg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhōgnā[root] lagnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . you[.kī] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) law (under) x be[inf.m.sg.d.] , (x|experience[root]) x[inf.m.sg.d.] , such who[.kī] too not be[pres-part.f.] .
41Look within the whole drama, no great soul or founder of religion is worshipped with discipline in the same way as you souls are. 42Your worship is according to discipline: doing your aarati (form of worship with deepaks on a plate) and offering bhog; no one else is worshipped in this way.
41गायन देखो आपका कायदे प्रमाण कीर्तन होता है . gāyan dēkhō āpkā kāydē pramāṇ kīrtan hōtā hai . gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kā] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kīrtan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kā] law (under) x be[pres.sg.m.23] .
43The way you are remembered and the way your praise is sung are also according to discipline.
42किसी का भी ऐसे गायन नहीं होता . kisī kā bhī aisē gāyan nahī̃ hōtā . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . (anything|some) of too such x not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
44No one else is remembered in this way.
43तो आप पूर्वज के साथ पूज्य भी हो . tō āp pūrvaj kē sāth pūjya bhī hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] kē sāth[x] pūjya[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you ancestor with worthy of worship too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
45So, as well as being ancestors, you are also worthy of worship.
44ड्रामा में आप जैसा पूजन और गायन किसी का भी नहीं है . drama mē̃ āp jaisā pūjan aur gāyan kisī kā bhī nahī̃ hai . drama mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pūjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . drama in you like worship and x (anything|some) of too not be[pres.sg.23] .
46No one else in the whole drama is worshipped or remembered in the same way as you are.
45तो बापदादा ऐसी आप पूज्य और पूर्वज आत्माओं को देख कितना खुश होते हैं ! tō bāpdādā aisī āp pūjya aur pūrvaj ātmāō̃ kō dēkh kitnā khuśh hōtē haĩ ! tō bāpdādā aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āp[pn.pl.] pūjya[adj.] aur pūrvaj[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! then BapDada such you worthy of worship and ancestor soul to see[root] so happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
47So, seeing you worship-worthy and ancestor souls, BapDada is so pleased.
46बाप के दिल से बार-बार यह गीत बजता वाह मेरे सर्व वृक्ष के पूर्वज और पूज्य आत्मायें वाह ! bāp kē|K dil sē bār-bār yah gīt bajtā vāh mērē sarv vr̥ikṣha kē|K pūrvaj aur pūjya ātmāyē̃ vāh ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sarv[adj.] vr̥ikṣha[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pūrvaj[adj.] aur pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vāh ! father (of|K) heart from time this x x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] wah! I[.kē] all tree (of|K) ancestor and worthy of worship soul wah! !
48The song is repeatedly being played in the Father's heart: Wah My ancestors of the whole tree and worship-worthy souls! 49Wah!
47तो आजकल बापदादा आप सभी बच्चों को जो आपका स्वमान है , बाप समान सम्पन्न सम्पूर्ण बनने का , वही रूप देखने चाहते हैं . tō ājkal bāpdādā āp sabhī bachchō̃ kō jō āpkā svamān hai , bāp samān sampann sampūrṇ bannē kā , vahī rūp dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . tō ājkal bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] svamān[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp samān[x] sampann[adj.] sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , vahī rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then nowadays BapDada you all child to that you[.kā] self-respect be[pres.sg.23] , equal to the Father full complete become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of , this Rup see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
50Nowadays, BapDada wants to see all of you children in the form of your self-respect, of being equal to the Father, complete and perfect.
48उसके लिए एक बात बच्चों को ध्यान में रखनी है , बापदादा ने देखा कि सभी बच्चे पुरूषार्थ बहुत अच्छा भी करते हैं लेकिन सदा शब्द हर एक को अपने पुरूषार्थ में एड करना है . uskē liē ēk bāt bachchō̃ kō dhyān mē̃ rakhnī hai , bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki sabhī bachchē purūṣhārth bahut achchhā bhī kartē haĩ lēkin sadā śhabda har ēk kō apnē purūṣhārth mē̃ add karnā hai . uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] puruṣhārth bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] add karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) one matter child to attention in keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that all child effort very achcha too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but constantly word each one to one’s own effort in add do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
51For that, you children have to keep one thing in your attention. 52BapDada has seen that, although all of you children are making very good effort, each one of you has to add the word "sada" (constantly) to that effort.
49अटेन्शन देना है . attention dēnā hai . attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
53You have to pay attention to this.
50बापदादा बच्चों से पूछते हैं कि जैसे बापदादा आप सभी बच्चों को श्रेष्ठ स्वमानधारी आत्मा के रूप से देखते हैं वैसे आप अपने को भी ऐसे स्वमानधारी समझते हो ? bāpdādā bachchō̃ sē pūchhtē haĩ ki jaisē bāpdādā āp sabhī bachchō̃ kō śhrēṣhṭh svamāndhārī ātmā kē|K rūp sē dēkhtē haĩ vaisē āp apnē kō bhī aisē svamāndhārī samajhtē hō ? bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svamāndhārī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamāndhārī[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? BapDada child from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that like BapDada you all child to elevated those with self-respect soul (of|K) Rup from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x you one’s own to too such those with self-respect understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
54BapDada is asking you children: Just as BapDada sees all of you children in the form of your elevated self-respect, in the same way, do you also consider yourselves to have such elevated self-respect?
51तो बापदादा ने देखा जवाब में क्या कहते ? tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā javāb mē̃ kyā kahtē ? tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] x in what say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
55What do you say in response?
52रहते तो हैं , लक्ष्य तो यही है , हाथ भी उठाते हैं , फिर धीरे से कहते कभी-कभी हो जाता है . rahtē tō haĩ , lakṣhya tō yahī hai , hāth bhī uṭhātē haĩ , phir dhīrē sē kahtē kabhī-kabhī hō jātā hai . rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lakṣhya[adj.] tō yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dhīrē sē[postp.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then be[pres.pl.12hon3] , aim then this be[pres.sg.23] , hand too uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (turn[root]|then) x from say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ever be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
56"We do stay in that stage. 57This is our aim." 58You even raise your hands! 59However, then, slowly, you say, "It is sometimes".
53तो बापदादा अभी कभी-कभी शब्द को समाप्त करने चाहते हैं क्योंकि समय समाप्त होने के समीप आ रहा है . tō bāpdādā abhī kabhī-kabhī śhabda kō samāpt karnē chāhtē haĩ kyōṅki samay samāpt hōnē kē|K samīp ā rahā hai . tō bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] kabhī[adv.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then BapDada now ever word to finished do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because time finished be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) close come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . 54और लाने वाले कौन ? aur lānē vālē kaun ? aur lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? and x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who ?
60So, BapDada now wants you to finish the word "sometimes" because the time of completion is now coming close; and who is going to bring that close?
55बच्चे बाप से पूछते हैं बाबा आप टाइम बता दो , 20 वर्ष हैं , 16 वर्ष हैं , 10 वर्ष है , कितना है ? bachchē bāp sē pūchhtē haĩ bābā āp time batā dō , 20 varṣh haĩ , 16 varṣh haĩ , 10 varṣh hai , kitnā hai ? bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā āp[pn.pl.] time batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , 20 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , 16 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , 10 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? child father from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba you time tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , 20 year be[pres.pl.12hon3] , 16 year be[pres.pl.12hon3] , 10 year be[pres.sg.23] , so be[pres.sg.23] ?
61Children ask the Father: Baba, tell us the time of "How long". 62How many more years remain - 20 years, 16 years, 10 years?
56और बाप फिर बच्चों से प्रश्न पूछते हैं कि समय को समीप लाने वाले कौन हैं ? aur bāp phir bachchō̃ sē praśhna pūchhtē haĩ ki samay kō samīp lānē vālē kaun haĩ ? aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] praśhna[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? and father (turn[root]|then) child from question ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that time to close x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
63The Father then asks the children: Who is going to bring the time close?
57अकेला बाप लायेगा ? akēlā bāp lāyēgā ? akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? alone father x[fut.m.sg.23] ?
64Will the Father alone do that?
58बाप ने स्थापना की , अकेला किया ? bāp nē sthāpanā kī|key , akēlā kiyā ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? father ∅ establishment (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , alone do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
65The Father carried out establishment: did He do that alone?
59यज्ञ रचा बिना ब्राह्मणों के यज्ञ रचा ? yagya rachā binā brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K yagya rachā ? yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] binā brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] rachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? sacrificial fire x[past-part.m.sg.d.] without Brahmin (of|K) sacrificial fire x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
66He created the sacrificial fire - did He do that without you Brahmins?
60बाप बच्चों के साथ है . bāp bachchō̃ kē sāth hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father child with be[pres.sg.23] .
67The Father is with the children.
61बच्चे भी कहते हैं बाबा हम अभी भी आपके साथ हैं , चलेंगे भी आपके साथ . bachchē bhī kahtē haĩ bābā ham abhī bhī āpkē sāth haĩ , chalē̃gē bhī āpkē sāth . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā ham[pn.pl.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] . child too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba we now too you[.kē] with be[pres.pl.12hon3] , continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] too you[.kē] with .
68Children also say: Baba, we are with You now and we will return home with You.
62तो बाप बच्चों से पूछते हैं कि समय को समीप लाने वाले बच्चे आप ही डेट फिक्स करो . tō bāp bachchō̃ sē pūchhtē haĩ ki samay kō samīp lānē vālē bachchē āp hī date fix karō . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] date fix[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then father child from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that time to close x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child you only fix a date do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
69The Father is telling you children: Children, the ones who are going to bring the time close, you yourselves have to fix the date.
63किसको डेट फिक्स करनी है ? kiskō date fix karnī hai ? kaun[pn.sg.kō] date fix[x] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? who[.kō] fix a date do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
70Who is going to fix the date?
64बाप को या बाप के साथ आप और बाप दोनों को ? bāp kō yā bāp kē sāth āp aur bāp dōnō̃ kō ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] āp[pn.pl.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ kō[postp.] ? father to or father with you and father x to ?
71The Father, or both, you and the Father?
65तो आज इस वर्ष के मिलन का लास्ट है . tō āj is varṣh kē|K milan kā last hai . tō āj yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then today this year (of|K) meeting of last be[pres.sg.23] .
72Today is the last meeting of this season.
66तो बापदादा ने देखा कि बच्चे भी चाहते हैं कि हम भी अभी अपने राज्य में चले . tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki bachchē bhī chāhtē haĩ ki ham bhī abhī apnē rājya mē̃ chalē . tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that child too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we too now one’s own kingdom in (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
73BapDada saw that even the children now want to go to their kingdom.
67अब घर जाना है यह भी गीत गाते रहते हैं , मन में . ab ghar jānā hai yah bhī gīt gātē rahtē haĩ , man mē̃ . ab[adv.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . now home (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) this too x sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , mind in .
74You continue to sing the song in your mind: We now have to return home.
68अब घर जाना है , अब रिटर्न जरनी करनी है . ab ghar jānā hai , ab return journey karnī hai . ab[adv.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ab[adv.] return journey[x] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now home (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) , now return journey do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
75We now have to return home. 76We now have to make the return journey.
69इसके लिए बापदादा ने पहले ही कहा कि सारा समय अपने को कोई न कोई सेवा में बिजी रखो . iskē liē bāpdādā nē pahlē hī kahā ki sārā samay apnē kō kōī na kōī sēvā mē̃ busy rakhō . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) only say[past-part.m.sg.d.] that the whole time one’s own to one .. or another service in busy keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
77For this, BapDada has also told you earlier: Keep yourself busy in one or another service all the time.
70बापदादा ने देखा है सेवा की रूचि , सेवा का उमंग-उत्साह अभी भी बच्चों में है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai sēvā kī|key rūchi , sēvā kā umaṅg-utsāh abhī bhī bachchō̃ mē̃ hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) interest , service of zeal and enthusiasm now too child in be[pres.sg.23] .
78BapDada has seen that all the children even now have the interest and the zeal and enthusiasm in service.
71अच्छी सेवा के समाचार भी बापदादा सुनते हैं . achchhī sēvā kē|K samāchār bhī bāpdādā suntē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha service (of|K) news too BapDada listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
79BapDada hears very good service news.
72लेकिन बापदादा तीव्रगति में आगे बढ़ने के लिए बच्चों को विशेष अटेन्शन दिलाते हैं कि सिर्फ एक वाचा की सेवा नहीं , सेवा करते हो तो एक ही समय पर तीन सेवायें इकट्ठी करो - मनसा द्वारा सकाश दो , वाचा द्वारा ज्ञान दो और कर्मणा अर्थात् अपने सम्पर्क द्वारा , सम्बन्ध द्वारा , चेहरे द्वारा ऐसी सेवा करो जो उसका भी प्रभाव साथ-साथ सेवा में हो . lēkin bāpdādā tīvragati mē̃ āgē baṛhnē kē liē bachchō̃ kō viśhēṣh attention dilātē haĩ ki sirph ēk vāchā kī|key sēvā nahī̃ , sēvā kartē hō tō ēk hī samay par tīn sēvāyē̃ ikaṭṭhī karō - mansā dvārā sakāśh dō , vāchā dvārā gyān dō aur karmaṇā arthāt apnē samparka dvārā , sambandh dvārā , chēhrē dvārā aisī sēvā karō jō uskā bhī prabhāv sāth-sāth sēvā mē̃ hō . lēkin bāpdādā tīvragati[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] attention dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] vāchā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tīn[adj.] sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - mansā dvārā sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vāchā dvārā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur karmaṇā arthāt apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dvārā aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth-sāth sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . but BapDada fast speed in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] for child to special attention x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that only one x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service not , service do[pres.pl.m.2] then one only time (at|other) x service together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - through the mind through sakaash (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) , x through knowledge (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) and x that is one’s own x through , relationship through , face through such service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that[.kā] too x x service in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
80However, in order for you to move forward at a fast speed, BapDada is specially drawing the attention of you children: Do not serve just through words. 81When you are doing service, do three types of service at the same time: give sakaash through your mind, give knowledge with words and in deeds, that is, in connection and relationship: do such service through your face that that also creates an impact in service at the same time.
73एक समय में तीन सेवा इकट्ठी करो क्योंकि अभी आत्मायें सेवा के लिए चाहती हैं , कुछ फर्क हो . ēk samay mē̃ tīn sēvā ikaṭṭhī karō kyōṅki abhī ātmāyē̃ sēvā kē liē chāhtī haĩ , kuchh phark hō . ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] chāhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , kuchh fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one time in x service together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because now soul service for x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , anything difference (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 74कुछ बदलना चाहिए . kuchh badalnā chāhiē . kuchh badalnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|badalnā[.oblig3] . anything (change[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|change[.oblig3]) .
82Do three types of service at the same time because souls now want there to be some difference in service; that something should change.
75तो एक समय पर तीनों सेवा कर सकते हो ? tō ēk samay par tīnō̃ sēvā kar saktē hō ? tō ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tīnō̃[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? then one time (at|other) all three service do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
83So, can you do three types of service at the same time?
76कर सकते हो ? kar saktē hō ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
84Can you do it?
77चेक करते हो कि जिस समय वाणी की सर्विस करते उस समय मन्सा द्वारा और कर्मणा अर्थात् सम्पर्क-सम्बन्ध द्वारा भी सेवा हो रही है ! check kartē hō ki jis samay vāṇī kī|key service kartē us samay mansā dvārā aur karmaṇā arthāt sampark-sambandha dvārā bhī sēvā hō rahī hai ! check karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] jis samay[x] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mansā dvārā aur karmaṇā arthāt sambandh-sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ! check do[pres.pl.m.2] that x words (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that time through the mind through and x that is x through too service be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] !
85Do you check that when you are serving through words, service is also taking place through your mind and through your deeds? 86That is, is service taking place through your relationship and connection?
78होती है साथ-साथ ? hōtī hai sāth-sāth ? hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] sāth-sāth ? be[pres.sg.f.23] x ?
87Does it take place at the same time?
79जो समझते हैं कि हम एक ही समय में तीन सेवा करते हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki ham ēk hī samay mē̃ tīn sēvā kartē haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we one only time in x service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that raise your hands .
88Those who feel that they are doing all three types of service at the same time, raise your hands!
80करते हैं , तीनों सेवा ? kartē haĩ , tīnō̃ sēvā ? karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tīnō̃[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ? do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , all three service ?
89You do all three types of service?
81अच्छा , पहली लाइन कम उठा रही है क्यों ? achchhā , pahlī line cum|kam uṭhā rahī hai kyō̃ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line cum|kam[adj.] uṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|uṭhānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] kyō̃ ? achcha , x line (x|less) (wake up[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+rahnā]|uplift[pres.sg.f.prog.23]) why ?
90Achcha. 91Very few in the first row are raising your hands.
82क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
92Why?
83पहली लाइन सोच रही है ? pahlī line sōch rahī hai ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line sōchnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ? x line think[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ?
93Are those in the first row still thinking?
84यह मधुबन वाले करते हैं ? yah madhuban vālē kartē haĩ ? yah[pn.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? this Madhuban those who do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
94Do those from Madhuban do this?
85मधुबन वाले हाथ उठाओ , करते हैं तो हाथ उठाओ . madhuban vālē hāth uṭhāō , kartē haĩ tō hāth uṭhāō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Madhuban those who raise your hands , do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then raise your hands .
95Those from Madhuban, raise your hands! 96If you do this (three types of service at the same time), then raise your hands!
86एक ही समय तीन सेवा . ēk hī samay tīn sēvā . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīn[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . one only time x service .
97All three types of service at the same time?
87तो अभी अटेन्शन प्लीज . tō abhī attention please . tō ab[adv.hī] attention please[x] . then now x .
98So, now, attention please!
88कभी कभी नहीं . kabhī kabhī nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] . ever ever not .
99Not sometimes.
89क्या होता है ? kyā hōtā hai ? kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? what be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
100What happens?
90सेवा तो करते हैं लेकिन सेवा में साथ-साथ अपने में और साथियों में सन्तुष्टता क्योंकि सेवा का फल है सन्तुष्टता वा खुशी . sēvā tō kartē haĩ lēkin sēvā mē̃ sāth-sāth apnē mē̃ aur sāthiyō̃ mē̃ santuṣhṭatā kyōṅki sēvā kā phal hai santuṣhṭatā vā khuśhī . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sāth-sāth apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] aur sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kyōṅki sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] vā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . service then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but service in x one’s own in and companion in contentment because service of fruit be[pres.sg.23] contentment or happiness .
101You do do service, but there should also be contentment within the self and with your companions because the fruit of service is contentment and happiness.
91तो चेक करो सेवा तो की लेकिन पहले भी सुनाया कि सेवा की खुशी तब होती है जब स्वयं साथी और वायुमण्डल जब सभी सन्तुष्टता के वायब्रेशन में हो . tō check karō sēvā tō kī|key lēkin pahlē bhī sunāyā ki sēvā kī|key khuśhī tab hōtī hai jab svayã sāthī aur vāyumaṇḍal jab sabhī santuṣhṭatā kē|K vibration mē̃ hō . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tab hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] jab svayã sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab sab[adv.hī] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vibration mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] service then (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) but (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness for only then be[pres.sg.f.23] when x companion and atmosphere when all contentment (of|K) vibrations in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
102Therefore, check: you did service, but as you were told earlier, there is happiness in service when you, yourself, your companions and the atmosphere are in the vibrations of contentment.
92सेवा के सफलता की तीन बातें विशेष सुनाई थी , याद होगी . sēvā kē|K saphaltā kī|key tīn bātē̃ viśhēṣh sunāī thī , yād hōgī . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tīn[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sunānā[past-perf.f.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . service (of|K) success (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x matter special speak[past-perf.f.] , remembrance be[fut.f.sg.23] .
103You have been told of three things in particular for success in service. 104You must be remembering them.
93पहला नम्बर सेवा अर्थात् निमित्त भाव . pahlā number sēvā arthāt nimitt bhāv . pahlā number[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x service that is instrument consciousness .
105Firstly, service means the consciousness of being an instrument (nimit bhav).
94दूसरा - निर्माण भावना . dūsrā - nirmāṇ bhāvnā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] . other - creation feeling .
106Secondly, feelings of humility (bhavna).
95तीसरा - निर्मल वाणी . tīsrā - nirmal vāṇī . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - nirmal[adj.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . third - x words .
107Thirdly, pure and sweet words.
96भाव , भावना और स्वभाव . bhāv , bhāvnā aur svabhāv . bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] aur svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] . consciousness , feeling and nature .
108Consciousness (intentions - bhav), feelings (bhavna) and nature (swabhav).
97यह सभी साथ-साथ सेवा में है तो स्वयं भी सन्तुष्ट और साथी भी सन्तुष्ट और जिन्हों की सेवा की वह भी आगे बढ़ते जायें . yah sabhī sāth-sāth sēvā mē̃ hai tō svayã bhī santuṣhṭ aur sāthī bhī santuṣhṭ aur jinhō̃ kī|key sēvā kī|key vah bhī āgē baṛhtē jāyē̃ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] sāth-sāth sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō svayã bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] aur sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] aur jō[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . this all x service in be[pres.sg.23] then x too content and companion too content and that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that too previously grow[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
109When there are these all together in service, then you yourself will be content, your companions will be content and those whom you serve will also continue to move forward.
98निमित्त भाव वाले बाप के तरफ सम्बन्ध जोड़ेंगे . nimitt bhāv vālē bāp kē|K taraph sambandh jōṛē̃gē . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jōṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . instrument consciousness those who father (of|K) direction relationship connect[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
110Those who have the consciousness of being an instrument will forge their relationship with the Father.
99अगर निमित्त भाव नहीं तो बाप के नजदीक इतने नहीं आयेंगे . agar nimitt bhāv nahī̃ tō bāp kē|K najdīk itnē nahī̃ āyēṅgē . agar nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃ tō[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K nazdīk itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if instrument consciousness otherwise father (of|K) x such not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
111If there isn't the consciousness of being an instrument they won't come close to the Father.
100तो जब भी सेवा करते हो तो यह चेक करो कि भाव , भावना और स्वभाव ठीक रहा ? tō jab bhī sēvā kartē hō tō yah check karō ki bhāv , bhāvnā aur svabhāv ṭhīk rahā ? tō jab bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] aur svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] ? then when too service do[pres.pl.m.2] then this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that consciousness , feeling and nature OK (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) ?
112So, whenever you do service, check whether your intentions, feelings and nature were accurate.
101और आजकल बापदादा ने देखा कि जो मूल बात है , बापदादा की . aur ājkal bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki jō mūl bāt hai , bāpdādā kī|key . aur ājkal bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . and nowadays BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that main matter be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
113Nowadays, BapDada has seen that the main thing is...
102हर एक को और अपने को चाहे कहाँ भी सेवा के लिए जाते हो , तो यह चेक करो कि साथी सन्तुष्ट रहे ? har ēk kō aur apnē kō chāhē kahā̃ bhī sēvā kē liē jātē hō , tō yah check karō ki sāthī santuṣhṭ rahē ? har ēk[x] kō[postp.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kahā̃ bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? each one to and one’s own to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) where too service for go[pres.pl.m.2] , then this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that companion content (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?
114Wherever each one of you goes for service, check whether your companions remained content.
103क्योंकि सेवा की सफलता है सन्तुष्टता का फल प्राप्त हो . kyōṅki sēvā kī|key saphaltā hai santuṣhṭatā kā phal prāpt hō . kyōṅki sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success be[pres.sg.23] contentment of fruit reached (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 104खुशी प्राप्त हो . khuśhī prāpt hō . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . happiness reached (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
115Success in service is to receive the fruit of contentment and happiness.
105साथ-साथ एक बात बापदादा इशारा देते हैं कि चलते फिरते , संगठन में भी रहते हो , कोई न कोई साथ में सेवा में होता ही है , तो एक दो को आत्मा के रूप में देखो . sāth-sāth ēk bāt bāpdādā iśhārā dētē haĩ ki chaltē phirtē , saṅgaṭhan mē̃ bhī rahtē hō , kōī na kōī sāth mē̃ sēvā mē̃ hōtā hī hai , tō ēk dō kō ātmā kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhō . sāth-sāth ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , kōī na kōī[x] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x one matter BapDada signal give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , gathering in too remain[pres.pl.m.2] , one .. or another with in service in be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , then one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to soul (of|K) Rup in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
116Together with this, BapDada is giving a signal for one thing: while walking and moving along, and while being in a gathering, there is always someone or another with you in service, and so look at one another in the form of a soul.
106आत्मा के रूप में देखते भी हैं , अभ्यास भी करते हैं , लेकिन जब आत्मा देखते हो तो आत्मा के ओरीज्नल संस्कार से देखते हो ? ātmā kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkhtē bhī haĩ , abhyās bhī kartē haĩ , lēkin jab ātmā dēkhtē hō tō ātmā kē|K original saṅskār sē dēkhtē hō ? ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin jab ātmā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K original saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? soul (of|K) Rup in see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , practice too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but when soul see[pres.pl.m.2] then soul (of|K) original sanskar from see[pres.pl.m.2] ?
117You do look at one another in the form of a soul, you practise that too, but when you look at the soul, do you look at the soul in the form of his original sanskars?
107या जो मिक्स संस्कार हैं , वह भी दिखाई देते हैं ? yā jō mix saṅskār haĩ , vah bhī dikhāī dētē haĩ ? yā jō[pn.;d.] mix saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? or that x sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that too be visible ?
118Or, do you also see the mixed sanskars of the soul?
108आत्मा देखो इसमें पास हो , लेकिन किस संस्कार से देखते हो ? ātmā dēkhō ismē̃ pās|pass hō , lēkin kis saṅskār sē dēkhtē hō ? ātmā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] pās|pass hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? soul see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this[.mē̃] (x|pass) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but (what|who) sanskar from see[pres.pl.m.2] ?
119You have passed in seeing others as souls, but with which sanskars do you see those souls?
109क्या आत्मा के ओरीज्नल संस्कार से कनेक्शन में आते हो ? kyā ātmā kē|K original saṅskār sē connection mē̃ ātē hō ? kyā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K original saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] connection mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? what soul (of|K) original sanskar from connection in come[pres.pl.m.2] ?
120Do you come in connection with those souls with their original sanskars?
110या वर्तमान संस्कार भी आते हैं सामने ? yā vartamān saṅskār bhī ātē haĩ sāmnē ? yā vartamān[adj.] saṅskār[x] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sāmnē ? or present sanskar too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x ?
121Or, do the present sanskars also come in front of you?
111तो बाप कहते हैं कि आज से किसी को भी एक तो आत्मा रूप में देखो लेकिन आत्मा के जो ओरीज्नल संस्कार हैं उस रूप में देखो . tō bāp kahtē haĩ ki āj sē kisī kō bhī ēk tō ātmā rūp mē̃ dēkhō lēkin ātmā kē|K jō original saṅskār haĩ us rūp mē̃ dēkhō . tō bāp kahtē haĩ[x] ki[conj.] āj sē[postp.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] tō ātmā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] original saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then the Father says that today from (anything|some) to too one then soul Rup in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but soul (of|K) that original sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] that Rup in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
122So, the Father says: From today, firstly look at anyone in the form of a soul, but look at that soul with the form of his original sanskars.
112तो कभी भी आपस में जो कभी कभी बातें हो जाती हैं , वह नहीं होंगी . tō kabhī bhī āpas mē̃ jō kabhī kabhī bātē̃ hō jātī haĩ , vah nahī̃ hōṅgī . tō kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] āpas mē̃[x] jō[pn.;d.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . then ever too with each other that ever ever matter be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] , that not be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
123Then all the things that sometimes happen among yourselves will not happen.
113अभी आत्मा रूप में देखते हो लेकिन जो साथ में वह भी आ जाता है , वर्तमान संस्कार . abhī ātmā rūp mē̃ dēkhtē hō lēkin jō sāth mē̃ vah bhī ā jātā hai , vartamān saṅskār . ab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , vartamān[adj.] saṅskār[x] . now soul Rup in see[pres.pl.m.2] but that with in that too come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , present sanskar .
124At present, you look at the soul, but whatever the present sanskars of the soul are, they also come in front.
114तो आपस में जो सम्पूर्ण स्थिति होनी चाहिए , उसमें दूरी पड़ जाती है . tō āpas mē̃ jō sampūrṇ sthiti hōnī chāhiē , usmē̃ dūrī paṛ jātī hai . tō āpas mē̃[x] jō[pn.;d.] sampūrṇ[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[.oblig3] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] dūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paṛnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . then with each other that complete stage be[.oblig3] , that[.mē̃] distance fall[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
125Therefore, there is a gap in the perfect stage that there should be with one another.
115तो ओरीज्नल संस्कार वाली आत्मा देखो . tō original saṅskār vālī ātmā dēkhō . tō original saṅskār[x] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then original sanskar those who soul see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
126So, look at the soul with his original sanskars.
116तो यह जो अभी संगठन में रूकावट आती है वह रूकावट खत्म हो जायेगी . tō yah jō abhī saṅgaṭhan mē̃ rūkāvaṭ ātī hai vah rūkāvaṭ khatm hō jāyēgī . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] rūkāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] rūkāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . then this that now gathering in obstruction come[pres.sg.f.23] that obstruction finished be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
127Then this obstruction that comes in the gathering will finish.
117यह ब्राह्मण परिवार श्रेष्ठ परिवार है . yah brāhmaṇ parivār śhrēṣhṭh parivār hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this Brahmin family elevated family be[pres.sg.23] .
128This Brahmin family is an elevated family.
118परिवार की बहुत महिमा है . parivār kī|key bahut mahimā hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very praise be[pres.sg.23] .
129There is great praise of the family.
119यह ईश्वरीय परिवार बार-बार नहीं मिलता . yah īśhvarīy parivār bār-bār nahī̃ miltā . yah[pn.sg.d.] īśhvarīy parivār[x] bār[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this Godly family time not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
130You will not find this Godly family again and again.
120कल्प में एक ही बार यह ईश्वरीय परिवार मिला है , इतना बड़ा परिवार सारे कल्प में कभी नहीं मिलता . kalp mē̃ ēk hī bār yah īśhvarīy parivār milā hai , itnā baṛā parivār sārē kalp mē̃ kabhī nahī̃ miltā . kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.d.] īśhvarīy parivār[x] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . cycle in one only time this Godly family receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , such very family the whole cycle in ever not receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
131You find this Godly family only once in the whole cycle. 132Throughout the whole cycle, you will not find such a huge family.
121परिवार की भी विशेषता को जानना और परिवार में चलना , एक महान सबजेक्ट है . parivār kī|key bhī viśhēṣhtā kō jānnā aur parivār mē̃ chalnā , ēk mahān subject hai . parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , ēk[adj.] mahān, mahā[adj.] subject hōnā[pres.sg.23] . family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too speciality to know[inf.m.sg.d.] and family in continue[inf.m.sg.d.] , one great subject be[pres.sg.23] .
133To know the speciality of the family, and to move along with the family is also a huge subject.
122पहले भी सुनाया था कि इस ज्ञान का फाउण्डेशन है निश्चय और निश्चय में चार बातें हैं . pahlē bhī sunāyā thā ki is gyān kā foundation hai niśhchay aur niśhchay mē̃ chār bātē̃ haĩ . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chār[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|firstly) too speak[past-perf.m.sg.] that this knowledge of foundation be[pres.sg.23] faith and faith in four matter be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
134You have been told earlier too that the foundation of this knowledge is faith, and that there are four things in this faith.
123बाप , दादा साथ में है ही और नॉलेज में , ड्रामा में , परिवार में सभी में निश्चय है . bāp , dādā sāth mē̃ hai hī aur knowledge mē̃ , drama mē̃ , parivār mē̃ sabhī mē̃ niśhchay hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] aur knowledge mē̃[postp.] , drama mē̃[postp.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father , Dada with in be[pres.sg.23] only and knowledge in , drama in , family in all in faith be[pres.sg.23] .
135The Father - Dada is included in that then faith in the knowledge, faith in the drama and faith in the family.
124तो निश्चय बुद्धि हो , सहज पुरूषार्थी बन जाते हो . tō niśhchay buddhi hō , sahaj purūṣhārthī ban jātē hō . tō niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sahaj[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . then faith intellect (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , easy effort-maker become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
136You are those who have faith in the intellect, and so you become easy effort-makers.
125जैसे बापदादा में निश्चय है ऐसे परिवार में भी निश्चय आवश्यक है . jaisē bāpdādā mē̃ niśhchay hai aisē parivār mē̃ bhī niśhchay āvaśhyak hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā mē̃[postp.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like BapDada in faith be[pres.sg.23] such family in too faith x be[pres.sg.23] .
137Just as you have faith in BapDada, so it is essential to have faith in the family.
126जैसे देखो जब आप कोई भी बात की पैंकिग करते हो तो क्या करते हो ? jaisē dēkhō jab āp kōī bhī bāt kī|key packing kartē hō tō kyā kartē hō ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jab āp[pn.pl.] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key packing karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? like see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] when you anyone matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) packing do[pres.pl.m.2] then what do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
138What do you do when you are packing something?
127चार ही तरफ टाइट करते हो ना , एक तरफ भी अगर टाइट नहीं किया तो हलचल होती है . chār hī taraph tight kartē hō nā , ēk taraph bhī agar tight nahī̃ kiyā tō halchal hōtī hai . chār[adj.] hī[p.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] tight karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā , ēk taraph[x] bhī[p.] agar tight nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō halchal[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . four only direction tight do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ , x too if tight not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then upheaval be[pres.sg.f.23] .
139You make it tight on all four sides. 140If you do not make it tight on even one side, it would rattle.
128ऐसे ही बाप , नॉलेज , नॉलेज में भी विशेष ड्रामा और परिवार . aisē hī bāp , knowledge , knowledge mē̃ bhī viśhēṣh drama aur parivār . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , knowledge , knowledge mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] drama aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . such only father , knowledge , knowledge in too special drama and family .
141In the same way, the Father, the knowledge, and within the knowledge, the drama in particular, and the family.
129अगर चार ही बातें मजबूत नहीं हैं तो विघ्न आते हैं . agar chār hī bātē̃ majbūt nahī̃ haĩ tō vighna ātē haĩ . agar chār[adj.] hī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] majbūt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . if four only matter x not be[pres.pl.12hon3] then obstacle come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
142If all four things are not strong, there will then be obstacles.
130विघ्नों को पार करने में अटेन्शन देना पड़ता है . vighnō̃ kō pār karnē mē̃ attention dēnā paṛtā hai . vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] attention dēnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . obstacle to across do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in attention give[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .
143You will then have to pay attention to overcoming the obstacles.
131इसलिए परिवार की पहचान , परिवार से प्यार , एक दो को समझना , यह बहुत आवश्यक है . isliē parivār kī|key pahchān , parivār sē pyār , ēk dō kō samajhnā , yah bahut āvaśhyak hai . isliē parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pahchān[n.f.;sg.]|pahchānnā[root] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore family (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (recognition|recognise[root]) , family from love , one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to understand[inf.m.sg.d.] , this very x be[pres.sg.23] .
144Therefore, recognition of the family, love for the family, to understand one another - these are absolutely essential.
132तो पूर्वज हो , पूज्य हो , तो यह बातें भी अपने में या साथियों में लानी है . tō pūrvaj hō , pūjya hō , tō yah bātē̃ bhī apnē mē̃ yā sāthiyō̃ mē̃ lānī hai . tō pūrvaj[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , pūjya[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] yā sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then ancestor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , worthy of worship (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , then this matter too one’s own in or companion in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
145You are ancestors, you are worthy of worship and so you have to put these things into yourself and your companions.
133क्या भी हो , नम्बरवार तो हैं ना ! kyā bhī hō , number-vār tō haĩ nā ! kyā bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , number-wār tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! what too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , numberwise then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
146No matter what you are, you are numberwise.
134लेकिन ब्राह्मण परिवार का विशेष कार्य है दुआ देना , दुआ लेना . lēkin brāhmaṇ parivār kā viśhēṣh kārya hai duā dēnā , duā lēnā . lēkin brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but Brahmin family of special task be[pres.sg.23] blessing give[inf.m.sg.d.] , blessing take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
147However, the special task of the Brahmin family is to give blessings and to receive blessings.
135कई बच्चे कहते हैं कि दूसरा क्रोध करता है , अभी दुआ लेगा कैसे ! kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ ki dūsrā krōdh kartā hai , abhī duā lēgā kaisē ! kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] , ab[adv.hī] duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ! some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that other anger do[pres.sg.m.23] , now blessing take[fut.m.sg.23] how !
148Some children say: Others get angry. 149How would they take blessings?
136दुआ तो लेगा नहीं , क्रोध करेगा . duā tō lēgā nahī̃ , krōdh karēgā . duā[n.f.;sg.] tō lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . blessing then take[fut.m.sg.23] not , anger do[fut.m.sg.23] .
150They would not take blessings; they would get angry.
137बापदादा कहते हैं अच्छा संस्कार वश वह बददुआ देता है , आप दुआ देने चाहते हो लेकिन वह बददुआ देता है , लेकिन बददुआ दी लेने वाला कौन ? bāpdādā kahtē haĩ achchhā saṅskār vaśh vah badduā dētā hai , āp duā dēnē chāhtē hō lēkin vah badduā dētā hai , lēkin badduā dī|the lēnē vālā kaun ? bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] vaśh[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , āp[pn.pl.] duā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin badduā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] achcha sanskar control that bad wish give[pres.sg.m.23] , you blessing give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.2] but that bad wish give[pres.sg.m.23] , but bad wish (give[past-part.f.]|the) take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who ?
151BapDada says: OK, if, because of their sanskars, they are giving bad wishes, and you wish to give them blessings, but because they are giving bad wishes.., if they are giving bad wishes, who is the one who is taking them?
138लेने वाले आप हो या वह है ? lēnē vālē āp hō yā vah hai ? lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or that be[pres.sg.23] ?
152Is it you or the other person who is taking them?
139वह देने वाला है आप लेने वाले हैं . vah dēnē vālā hai āp lēnē vālē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] you take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
153They are the ones who are giving and you are the one who is taking.
140तो उसकी बददुआ आपने ली क्यों ? tō uskī badduā āpnē lī kyō̃ ? tō vah[pn.sg.kī] badduā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.nē] lēnā[past-part.f.] kyō̃ ? then that[.kī] bad wish you[.nē] take[past-part.f.] why ?
154So why did you accept their bad wishes?
141अगर आत्मा को ओरीज्नल संस्कार से देखो तो आपको रहम आयेगा . agar ātmā kō original saṅskār sē dēkhō tō āpkō rahm āyēgā . agar ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] original saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . if soul to original sanskar from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then you[.kō] mercy come[fut.m.sg.23] .
155If you look at souls in the form of their original sanskars, you will have mercy.
142स्वयं भी सेफ रहो , बददुआ लो नहीं , लेने वाले आप हो . svayã bhī safe rahō , badduā lō|low nahī̃ , lēnē vālē āp hō . svayã bhī[p.] safe rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , badduā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low nahī̃[neg] , lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . x too safe remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bad wish (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) not , take[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
156Keep yourself safe! 157Do not accept their bad wishes because you are the one who takes.
143न दो न लो . na dō na lō|low . na[neg] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] na[neg] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . not (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) not (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
158Do not give and do not take those.
144तो अभी बापदादा आज का या जब तक फिर आना हो तब तक का होमवर्क देते हैं कि कभी भी किसी को आत्मा रूप में देखो तो वर्तमान संस्कार के रूप में नहीं देखो . tō abhī bāpdādā āj kā yā jab tak phir ānā hō tab tak kā homework dētē haĩ ki kabhī bhī kisī kō ātmā rūp mē̃ dēkhō tō vartamān saṅskār kē|K rūp mē̃ nahī̃ dēkhō . tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā āj kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yā jab tak[x] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] ānā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tab tak[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] home work dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō vartamān[adj.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now BapDada today of or as long as (turn[root]|then) come[pres.pl.2.oblig1] x of homework give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that ever too (anything|some) to soul Rup in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then present sanskar (of|K) Rup in not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
159BapDada is now giving you homework for today and for the time until Baba comes next. 160Whenever you look at another soul in the form of a soul, do not look at the soul in the form of the present sanskars.
145आत्मा कहा तो आत्मा को निजी संस्कार आत्मा के जो हैं उस निजी संस्कार के रूप में , सम्बन्ध में भी आओ और दृष्टि में भी उसी दृष्टि में देखो तो यह जो विघ्न पड़ते हैं जिसके कारण पुरूषार्थ में तीव्रता नहीं आती है , तो अभी वृत्ति बदलेंगे , दृष्टि बदलेंगे तो बातें समाप्त हो जायेंगी . ātmā kahā tō ātmā kō nijī saṅskār ātmā kē|K jō haĩ us nijī saṅskār kē|K rūp mē̃ , sambandh mē̃ bhī āō aur dr̥iṣhṭi mē̃ bhī usī dr̥iṣhṭi mē̃ dēkhō tō yah jō vighna paṛtē haĩ jiskē kāraṇ purūṣhārth mē̃ tīvratā nahī̃ ātī hai , tō abhī vr̥itti badalē̃gē , dr̥iṣhṭi badalē̃gē tō bātē̃ samāpt hō jāyēṅgī . ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.o.] nijī, nij[adj.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.sg.hī] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.sg.kē] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] tīvratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] , tō ab[adv.hī] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . soul say[past-part.m.sg.d.] then soul to original sanskar soul (of|K) that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that original sanskar (of|K) Rup in , relationship in too come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and drishti in too that[.hī] drishti in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then this that obstacle fall[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kē] because effort in fast speed not come[pres.sg.f.23] , then now attitude change[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , drishti change[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then matter finished be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
161When you say "soul", then look at the soul in the form of his original sanskars. 162When you come in relationship with that soul or look at that soul, then look at the soul with that vision. 163Then these obstacles that come, which do not allow your effort to become intense, will not come. 164If you change your attitude and vision now, then the situations will all finish.
146किसी की क्या भी बातें देखते हो , बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है तो सदा आप ब्राह्मण परिवार का एक एक का फर्ज है शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना देना और शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना लेना . kisī kī|key kyā bhī bātē̃ dēkhtē hō , bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai tō sadā āp brāhmaṇ parivār kā ēk ēk kā pharja hai śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā dēnā aur śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā lēnā . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kyā bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō sadā āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] farj[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (anything|some) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) what too matter see[pres.pl.m.2] , BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then constantly you Brahmin family of one one of duty be[pres.sg.23] pure feeling , good wishes give[inf.m.sg.d.] and pure feeling , good wishes take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
165Whatever situations you see of souls, BapDada has told you earlier too, it is also the constant duty of each one of you in the Brahmin family to give good wishes and pure feelings and also to take good wishes and pure feelings.
147उस संस्कार से देखो और चलो . us saṅskār sē dēkhō aur chalō . vah[pn.sg.o.] saṅskār[x] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that sanskar from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
166Look at souls with those sanskars and move along in that way.
148एक और भी बात बताते हैं - पहले भी बताया है तो कहाँ कहाँ संगठन में कभी कभी परदर्शन , परचिंतन और परमत के तरफ आकर्षित हो जाते हैं . ēk aur bhī bāt batātē haĩ - pahlē bhī batāyā hai tō kahā̃ kahā̃ saṅgaṭhan mē̃ kabhī kabhī pardarśhan , parchintan aur parmat kē|K taraph ākarṣhit hō jātē haĩ . ēk[adj.] aur bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] batānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] batānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō kahā̃ kahā̃ saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] pardarśhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , parchintan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur parmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] ākarṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . one and too matter tell[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - (x|firstly) too tell[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then where where gathering in ever ever looking at others , thinking about others and dictates of others (of|K) direction attracted be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
167Baba is telling you one more thing. 168You have been told it earlier too. 169Sometimes, in a gathering, you become attracted to par-darshan (looking at others), par-chintan (thinking about others) and par-mat (following the dictates of others).
149अभी इन तीन पर को काट दो , एक पर रखो वह एक पर है पर उपकार . abhī in tīn par kō kāṭ dō , ēk par rakhō vah ēk par hai par upkār . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in tīn[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kō[postp.] kāṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , ēk[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] par[postp.]|par[adj.] upkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . now (this|in) x (at|other) to bite[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , one (at|other) keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that one (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] (at|other) uplifting .
170Now cut out these three "pars" and keep one "par", and that is "par-upkar" (to uplift others).
150पर उपकार करना है , पर उपकारी हैं , ब्राह्मण का स्वभाव है पर उपकारी . par upkār karnā hai , par upkārī haĩ , brāhmaṇ kā svabhāv hai par upkārī . par[postp.]|par[adj.] upkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , par[postp.]|par[adj.] upkārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] par[postp.]|par[adj.] upkārī[adj.] . (at|other) uplifting do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , (at|other) one who uplifts be[pres.pl.12hon3] , Brahmin of nature be[pres.sg.23] (at|other) one who uplifts .
171You have to uplift others. 172You are those who uplift others. 173The nature of Brahmins is to uplift others.
151परदर्शन नहीं , यह पर काट दो . pardarśhan nahī̃ , yah par kāṭ dō . pardarśhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , yah[pn.sg.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kāṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . looking at others not , this (at|other) bite[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
174Do not look at others, cut out that "par".
152यह तीनों बहुत नुकसान देते हैं . yah tīnō̃ bahut nuksān dētē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] tīnō̃[adj.] bahut nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this all three very loss give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
175All of those three cause a loss.
153इसीलिए अपना स्वमान सदा यही याद रखो कि मुझ ब्राह्मण आत्मा का स्वमान ही है पर उपकारी . isīliē apnā svamān sadā yahī yād rakhō ki mujh brāhmaṇ ātmā kā svamān hī hai par upkārī . isīliē apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] sadā yahī[pn.;d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svamān[x] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] par[postp.]|par[adj.] upkārī[adj.] . x (adopt[root]|one’s own) self-respect constantly this remember that I Brahmin soul of self-respect only be[pres.sg.23] (at|other) one who uplifts .
176This is why you must always remember your self-respect "The self-respect of myself, the Brahmin soul, is to uplift others."
154तो दूसरी सीजन में बापदादा हर एक बच्चे में यह परिवर्तन देखने चाहते हैं . tō dūsrī season mē̃ bāpdādā har ēk bachchē mē̃ yah parivartan dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ . tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] season mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then other season in BapDada each one child in this transformation see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
177In the next season, BapDada wants to see this transformation in each of you children.
155हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
178Is this possible?
156हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
179Is it possible?
157हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
180Raise your hands!
158हाथ उठाने में तो ठीक . hāth uṭhānē mē̃ tō ṭhīk . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] . hand uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then OK .
181You are all good in raising your hands!
159तो क्या करना ? tō kyā karnā ? tō kyā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ? then what do[inf.m.sg.d.] ?
182So, what are you going to do?
160अच्छा है बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं , एक दो को अटेन्शन दिलाते रहना . achchhā hai bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ , ēk dō kō attention dilātē rahnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] attention dilānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to attention x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
183It is good. 184BapDada is giving congratulations. 185Continue to draw the attention of one another.
161क्या करना ? kyā karnā ? kyā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ? what do[inf.m.sg.d.] ?
186What are you going to do?
162रोज़ रात को सोने के पहले बापदादा को गुडनाइट करने के पहले अपने सारे दिन का पोतामेल देना . rōz rāt kō sōnē kē|K pahlē bāpdādā kō good night karnē kē|K pahlē apnē sārē din kā pōtāmēl dēnā . rōz rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] good night karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . day night to (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold) (of|K) (x|firstly) BapDada to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (x|firstly) one’s own the whole day of account(s) give[inf.m.sg.d.] . 163अच्छा किया या बुरा किया ? achchhā kiyā yā burā kiyā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] or bad do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
187Every night, before going to sleep, before saying "Good night" to BapDada, give Baba your whole chart of whether you did anything good or bad.
164जो भी किया वह पोतामेल देके और अपने बुद्धि को खाली करके गुडनाइट करना . jō bhī kiyā vah pōtāmēl dēkē aur apnē buddhi kō khālī karkē good night karnā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] khālī[adj.] karnā[abs.] good night karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that too do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that account(s) give[abs.] and one’s own intellect to empty do[abs.] x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
188Give your chart of whatever you did, empty your intellect and then say "Good night".
165बाप से भी और बाप की याद में ही आप भी सो जाना . bāp sē bhī aur bāp kī yād mē̃ hī āp bhī sō jānā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] aur bāp kī yād[x] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] sōnā[root]|sō jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . father from too and remembrance of the Father in only you too (sleep[root]|x) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
189Say "Good night" to the Father and go to sleep in remembrance of the Father.
166आपकी नींद बहुत अच्छी होगी . āpkī nīnd bahut achchhī hōgī . āp[pn.pl.kī] nīnd[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . you[.kī] sleep very achcha be[fut.f.sg.23] .
190You will then sleep very well.
167पहले खाली करना अपने को , बुद्धि में कोई बात नहीं रखना , बाप के रूप में सारा पोतामेल सच्ची दिल का दे दिया तो आपको धर्मराजपुरी में जाने की आवश्यकता नहीं पड़ेगी . pahlē khālī karnā apnē kō , buddhi mē̃ kōī bāt nahī̃ rakhnā , bāp kē|K rūp mē̃ sārā pōtāmēl sachchī dil kā dē diyā tō āpkō dharmarājpurī mē̃ jānē kī|key āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ paṛēgī . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] khālī[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] , buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] dharmarājpurī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] . (x|firstly) empty do[inf.m.sg.d.] one’s own to , intellect in some matter not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] , father (of|K) Rup in the whole account(s) true heart of give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] then you[.kō] x in (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need not fall[fut.f.sg.23] .
191First empty yourself, do not keep anything in your intellect. 192When you give your whole chart to the Father, you will not need to go to the land of Dharamraj.
168सच्ची दिल पर साहेब राजी हो जायेगा . sachchī dil par sāhēb rājī hō jāyēgā . sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sāhēb[n.m.;sg.,d.] rāzī[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . true heart (at|other) x pleased be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
193The Lord becomes pleased with an honest heart.
169तो होम वर्क मिला - एक तो अपने पूर्वज और पूज्य स्वरूप की सेवा चलते फिरते कर सकते हो . tō home work milā - ēk tō apnē pūrvaj aur pūjya svarūp kī|key sēvā chaltē phirtē kar saktē hō . tō home work[x] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - ēk[adj.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūrvaj[adj.] aur pūjya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then homework (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) - one then one’s own ancestor and worthy of worship form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
194So, you have been given the homework. 195Firstly, you can do service while walking and moving around in your form of an ancestor and being worthy of worship.
170बाप ने देखा यह जनक बच्ची ने तबियत खराब होते , कराची की सेवा में विशेष मन्सा सकाश दी चाहे निमित्त कोई भी है लेकिन इसने प्रैक्टिकल में किया . bāp nē dēkhā yah janak bachchī nē tabiyat kharāb hōtē , karāchī kī|key sēvā mē̃ viśhēṣh mansā sakāśh dī chāhē nimitt kōī bhī hai lēkin isnē practical mē̃ kiyā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] janak[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kharāb[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , karāchī karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] mansā sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.sg.23.past-part+cāhnā] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī bhī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.nē] practical mē̃[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . father ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] this Janak girl ∅ health bad be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , Karachi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service in special through the mind sakaash give[opt.sg.23.past-part+cāhnā] instrument anyone be[pres.sg.23] but this[.nē] practical in do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
196The Father saw that daughter Janak, even though her health was not good, gave sakaash with her mind to the service in Karachi. 197Whoever may be instrumental for that, but this one did it practically.
171वहाँ की आत्माओं को सकाश मिली . vahā̃ kī|key ātmāō̃ kō sakāśh milī . vahā̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.f.] . there (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) soul to sakaash receive[past-part.f.] . 172और आगे-आगे उमंग में बढ़ रहे हैं . aur āgē-āgē umaṅg mē̃ baṛh rahē haĩ . aur āgē umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and previously zeal in grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
198Souls there received sakaash, and they are moving forward with enthusiasm.
173तो ऐसे बापदादा ने प्रैक्टिकल एक्जैम्पुल देखा तो आप सभी भी कर सकते हो . tō aisē bāpdādā nē practical example dēkhā tō āp sabhī bhī kar saktē hō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] practical example dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then such BapDada ∅ practical example see[past-part.m.sg.d.] then you all too do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
199So BapDada saw such a practical example, and so all of you can also do that.
174दुःखी को खुशी की लहर पहुंचा सकते हो . duḥkhī kō khuśhī kī|key lahar pahuñchā saktē hō . duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] saknā[pres.pl.m.2] . (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) to happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave reach[past-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres.pl.m.2] .
200You can enable waves of happiness to reach those who are unhappy, to those who are crying out.
175चिल्लाने वाले को , आपके ही भक्त आपको ही पुकार रहे हैं हमारी देवी हमारा देवता कब आके रहम करेंगे . chillānē vālē kō , āpkē hī bhakta āpkō hī pukār rahē haĩ hamārī dēvī hamārā dēvtā kab ākē rahm karē̃gē . chillānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] , āp[pn.pl.kē] hī[p.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] pukārnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kī] dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ham[pn.pl.kā] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] kab ānā[abs.] rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . cry[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to , you[.kē] only devotee you[.kō] only call[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] we[.kī] goddess we[.kā] deity when come[abs.] mercy do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
201Your devotees are calling out to you: When will our deities come and have mercy?
176आपको सुनाई नहीं देता लेकिन बाप को बहुत सुनाई देता है . āpkō sunāī nahī̃ dētā lēkin bāp kō bahut sunāī dētā hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] sunānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bahut sunānā[past-part.f.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . you[.kō] speak[past-part.f.] not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] but father to very speak[past-part.f.] give[pres.sg.m.23] .
202You are not able to hear it but the Father can hear it a lot.
177हर एक ईष्ट को , आप नहीं जानते हो कि हमारे भक्त कौन से हैं लेकिन भक्त तो जानते हैं ना . har ēk īṣhṭ kō , āp nahī̃ jāntē hō ki hamārē bhakta kaun sē haĩ lēkin bhakta tō jāntē haĩ nā . har ēk[x] iṣhṭ[adj.] kō[postp.] , āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kē] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . each one special loved to , you not know[pres.pl.m.2] that we[.kē] devotee who from be[pres.pl.12hon3] but devotee then know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
203They are calling out to all the special deities. 204You don't know who your devotees are, but the devotees know.
178वह तो पुकारते हैं और आप हर ब्राह्मण आत्मा के भक्त हैं . vah tō pukārtē haĩ aur āp har|her brāhmaṇ ātmā kē|K bhakta haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] tō pukārnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.] har|harnā[root]|her brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that then call[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and you (x|x[root]) Brahmin soul (of|K) devotee be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
205They are calling out. 206Each of you Brahmin souls has devotees.
179चाहे ढीले हों चाहे होशियार हो , भक्त आपके भी हैं . chāhē ḍhīlē hō̃ chāhē hōśhiyār hō , bhakta āpkē bhī haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x be[opt.pl.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , devotee you[.kē] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
207Some may be a little slack or clever, you also have devotees.
180क्योंकि जड़ में बैठे हो ना तो आपका सकाश का पार्ट है . kyōṅki jaṛ mē̃ baiṭhē hō nā tō āpkā sakāśh kā part hai . kyōṅki jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛnā[root] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā tō āp[pn.pl.kā] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because (non-conscious|x|stud[root]) in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ then you[.kā] sakaash of part be[pres.sg.23] .
208You are sitting at the roots and so you have the part of giving sakaash.
181तो अभी मन्सा सेवा को बढ़ाओ . tō abhī mansā sēvā kō baṛhāō . tō ab[adv.hī] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then now through the mind service to increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
209So, now, increase service through the mind.
182और जितना बिजी रहेंगे ना उतना निर्विघ्न रहेंगे . aur jitnā busy rahē̃gē nā utnā nirvighna rahē̃gē . aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] busy rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nirvighna[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and the more busy remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ x free from obstacles remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
210The busier you remain, the more you will remain free from obstacles.
183कर सकते हो ना ! kar saktē hō nā ! karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā ! do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ !
211You can do this, can you not?
184मन्सा सेवा करना जानते हो ना ! mansā sēvā karnā jāntē hō nā ! mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! through the mind service do[inf.m.sg.d.] know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
212You know how to serve through your mind, do you not?
185जानते हो ? jāntē hō ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? know[pres.pl.m.2] ?
213Do you know?
186हाथ उठाओ जानते हो . hāth uṭhāō jāntē hō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] . raise your hands know[pres.pl.m.2] .
214Those who know, raise your hands!
187अच्छा हाथ नीचे करो . achchhā hāth nīchē karō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nīchē karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha hand down do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
215OK, put your hands down!
188जानते हो , अच्छा जो करते रहते हैं बीच-बीच में , वह हाथ उठाओ . jāntē hō , achchhā jō kartē rahtē haĩ bīch-bīch mē̃ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . know[pres.pl.m.2] , achcha that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] x , that raise your hands .
216You know it. 217OK, those who continue to do it practically every now and again, raise your hands!
189करते रहते हैं , अच्छा . kartē rahtē haĩ , achchhā . karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , achcha .
218You continue to do it? 219OK.
190अच्छा नियम पूर्वक करते हैं या कभी कभी ? achchhā niyam pūrvak kartē haĩ yā kabhī kabhī ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvak karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] ? achcha law according to do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or ever ever ?
220Do you do it regularly as a discipline, or only sometimes?
191अगर कभी कभी करते हैं तो उसको रेग्युलर करो और अगर थोड़ी करते हैं उसको और बढ़ाओ . agar kabhī kabhī kartē haĩ tō uskō regular karō aur agar thōṛī kartē haĩ uskō aur baṛhāō . agar kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.kō] regular karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur agar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] aur baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if ever ever do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kō] regularly do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and if short do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] and increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 192क्योंकि सारे कल्प का आधार अभी की सेवा का फल है . kyōṅki sārē kalp kā ādhār abhī kī|key sēvā kā phal hai . kyōṅki sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because the whole cycle of basis now (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service of fruit be[pres.sg.23] .
221If you are only doing it sometimes, then make it regular, and if you are doing it a little, then increase it because the basis of the whole cycle is the fruit of the service of the present time.
193चाहे पुजारी बनेंगे चाहे राज्य अधिकारी बनेंगे दोनों का आधार अभी की सेवा , अभी की अवस्था , अभी का बोल , अभी का सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क है . chāhē pujārī banē̃gē chāhē rājya adhikārī banē̃gē dōnō̃ kā ādhār abhī kī|key sēvā , abhī kī|key avasthā , abhī kā bōl , abhī kā sambandh samparka hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pujārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] , ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key avasthā[n.f.;sg.] , ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] , ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) worshipper become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) master become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x of basis now (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service , now (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage , now of (x|speak[root]) , now of relationship x be[pres.sg.23] .
222Whether you become worshippers or those who claim a kingdom, the basis of both is the service of the present time, the stage of the present time, the words of the present time and the relationships and connections of the present time.
194इसलिए बापदादा यही चाहते हैं कि अगले बारी जब आयें , पहले बारी . isliē bāpdādā yahī chāhtē haĩ ki aglē bārī jab āyē̃ , pahlē bārī . isliē bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jab ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . therefore BapDada this x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that next x when come[opt.pl.12hon3] , (x|firstly) x .
223This is why BapDada wants that, next time, when come for the first meeting....
195आप सोच रहे होंगे बाप ने तो कह दिया कब तक चलेगा ? āp sōch rahē hōṅgē bāp nē tō kah diyā kab tak chalēgā ? āp[pn.pl.] sōchnā[root] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] tō kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] kab tak chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? you think[root] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] father ∅ then say[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] when until continue[fut.m.sg.23] ?
224You must be thinking that the Father has asked, "Until when will this continue?"
196इसका मतलब यह है कि आप एवररेडी रहो . iskā matlab yah hai ki āp ever ready rahō . yah[pn.sg.kā] matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] ever ready rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kā] x this be[pres.sg.23] that you ever-ready remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
225This means that you have to remain ever-ready.
197इसीलिए पहले बारी सबका रिजल्ट लेंगे . isīliē pahlē bārī sabkā result lē̃gē . isīliē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] result lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x (x|firstly) x everyone's result take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
226This is why everyone's result will be taken on the first meeting.
198जितनी परसेन्ट अभी है , उससे बढ़नी चाहिए . jitnī percent abhī hai , ussē baṛhnī chāhiē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] percent ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.sē] baṛhnā[.oblig3] . the more % now be[pres.sg.23] , that[.sē] grow[.oblig3] .
227The percentage should increase from what it is now.
199वैसे तो बापदादा पहले से ही कहते हैं करना है तो अभी करो . vaisē tō bāpdādā pahlē sē hī kahtē haĩ karnā hai tō abhī karō . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bāpdādā pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō ab[adv.hī] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x then BapDada beforehand only say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then now do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
228In fact, BapDada has been saying from the beginning: If you are going to do it, do it now.
200कभी नहीं . kabhī nahī̃ . kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] . ever not .
229Not at some point.
201बापदादा को कभी के गीत बहुत सुनाते हैं . bāpdādā kō kabhī kē|K gīt bahut sunātē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to ever (of|K) x very speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
230You sing a lot of songs of "sometimes" to BapDada.
202बहुत अच्छे अच्छे करके सुनाते हैं लेकिन बापदादा को कभी के गीत अच्छे नहीं लगते . bahut achchhē achchhē karkē sunātē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā kō kabhī kē|K gīt achchhē nahī̃ lagtē . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[abs.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . very achcha achcha do[abs.] speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada to ever (of|K) x achcha not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
231You sing many very good songs, but BapDada does not like songs of "sometimes".
203अभी अभी के गीत अच्छे लगते . abhī abhī kē|K gīt achchhē lagtē . ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . now now (of|K) x achcha x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
232He likes songs of "abhi abhi" (right now).
204तुरत दान महापुण्य . turat dān mahāpuṇya . turat dān mahāpuṇya[x] . Instant donations, great charity! .
233An instant donation brings great charity.
205तो समझा अगले वर्ष के लिए क्या करना है ? tō samjhā aglē varṣh kē liē kyā karnā hai ? tō samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) next year for what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
234So, do you understand what you have to do for next year?
206अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
235Achcha.
207सेवा का टर्न महाराष्ट्र ज़ोन का है : अच्छा यह सीन सभी को दिखाओ . sēvā kā turn mahārāṣhṭra zone kā hai : achchhā yah scene sabhī kō dikhāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] scene sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service of you Maharashtra zone of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha this scene all to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
236It is the turn of Maharashtra Zone to do service: Achcha, show this scene to everyone.
208अभी देखो महाराष्ट्र का पौना क्लास है . abhī dēkhō mahārāṣhṭra kā paunā class hai . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paunā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] class hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Maharashtra of three quarters class be[pres.sg.23] .
237Look, three-quarters of the class is the Maharashtra zone.
209पुराने हैं या नये हैं लेकिन महाराष्ट्र के हैं . purānē haĩ yā nayē haĩ lēkin mahārāṣhṭra kē|K haĩ . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . old be[pres.pl.12hon3] or new be[pres.pl.12hon3] but Maharashtra (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
238Whether they are old or new, they are from Maharashtra.
210अच्छा जो खड़े हुए हैं उसमें जो रेग्युलर स्टूडेन्ट हैं , सेवा करने वाले हैं , सेन्टर सम्भालने वाले हैं वह बैठ जाओ . achchhā jō khaṛē huē haĩ usmē̃ jō regular student haĩ , sēvā karnē vālē haĩ , centre sambhālnē vālē haĩ vah baiṭh jāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] regular student hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , centre sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . achcha that standing be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.mē̃] that regularly student be[pres.pl.12hon3] , service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , centre be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] that sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
239OK, out of those of who standing, those who are regular students, those who do service and those who are looking after centres, you may sit down.
211तो भी देखो नये भी कितने हैं . tō bhī dēkhō nayē bhī kitnē haĩ . tō bhī[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ∅ see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] new too so be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
240Even then, look how many new ones there are!
212अच्छा जो नये हैं वह उठो और सभी बैठ जाओ . achchhā jō nayē haĩ vah uṭhō aur sabhī baiṭh jāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sab[adv.hī] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . achcha that new be[pres.pl.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and all sit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
241Achcha, those who are new, stand up! 242Everyone else can sit down.
213अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
243Achcha.
214नयों की भी संख्या तो काफी है , बापदादा खुश होते हैं कि टूलेट के पहले आ गये हो . nayō̃ kī|key bhī saṅkhyā tō kāphī hai , bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ ki toolate kē|K pahlē ā gayē hō . nayā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] tō kāphī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] too late kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . new (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x then enough be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that too late (of|K) (x|firstly) come[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
244The number of the new ones is also large. 245BapDada is pleased that you have come before it is too late.
215इसीलिए आप सभी आने वालों को मुबारक है . isīliē āp sabhī ānē vālō̃ kō mubārak hai . isīliē āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x you all (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
246Therefore, congratulations to all of you who have come.
216आने वालों को बापदादा यही वरदान देते हैं कि थोड़े समय में फास्ट पुरूषार्थ तीव्र पुरूषार्थ कर आगे बढ़ सकते हो . ānē vālō̃ kō bāpdādā yahī vardān dētē haĩ ki thōṛē samay mē̃ fast purūṣhārth tīvr purūṣhārth kar āgē baṛh saktē hō . ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] fast puruṣhārth tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[root] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to BapDada this blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that short time in fast effort intense effort do[root] previously grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
247To all those who have come, BapDada is giving you the blessing: You can make fast effort in a short time and move forward.
217अगर हर समय अटेन्शन रखेंगे , परिवर्तन करने का और सारे दिन में अपने पढ़ाई और प्राप्ति इकट्ठी करते रहेंगे तो आप भी आगे बढ़ सकते हो . agar har|her samay attention rakhē̃gē , parivartan karnē kā aur sārē din mē̃ apnē paṛhāī aur prāpti ikaṭṭhī kartē rahē̃gē tō āp bhī āgē baṛh saktē hō . agar har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] attention rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur prāpti[n.f.;sg.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . if (x|x[root]) time attention keep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of and the whole day in one’s own (teach[past-part.f.]|study) and attainment together do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then you too previously grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
248If you continue to pay attention at every moment to bringing about transformation and if you continue to study and accumulate your attainment throughout the whole day, then, too you can move forward.
218चांस है . chance hai . chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] . chance be[pres.sg.23] .
249You have a chance.
219अभी टूलेट नहीं है , लेट है इसीलिए आप जितना हो सके उतना अपने चार ही सबजेक्ट में , पढ़ाई में अटेन्शन देते रहना . abhī toolate nahī̃ hai , late|lēṭ hai isīliē āp jitnā hō sakē utnā apnē chār hī subject mē̃ , paṛhāī mē̃ attention dētē rahnā . ab[adv.hī] too late nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , late|lēṭnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē āp[pn.pl.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] , paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] attention dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now too late not be[pres.sg.23] , (late|lie down[root]) be[pres.sg.23] x you the more be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] x one’s own four only subject in , (teach[past-part.f.]|study) in attention give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
250It is not too late yet. 251It is only late and therefore, as much as possible, continue to pay attention to all four subjects and also your study.
220बाप भी देखते रहते हैं कौन-कौन लास्ट वाला भी फास्ट जाता है . bāp bhī dēkhtē rahtē haĩ kaun-kaun last vālā bhī fast jātā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] kaun[pn.;d.] last vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] fast jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . father too see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] who last those who too fast go[pres.sg.m.23] .
252The Father also continues to see which ones of those who have come last go fast.
221ऐसे नहीं है कि नहीं जाते हैं , जाते हैं . aisē nahī̃ hai ki nahī̃ jātē haĩ , jātē haĩ . aisē nahī̃[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . it isn't that be[pres.sg.23] that not go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
253It is not that they are not going fast, they do go fast.
222तो बाप की तो एक एक बच्चे में यही आशा है कि हर एक बच्चा आगे से आगे जाये और अपना स्वराज्य और बापदादा के दिल का तख्त ले . tō bāp kī|key tō ēk ēk bachchē mē̃ yahī āśhā hai ki har ēk bachchā āgē sē āgē jāyē aur apnā svarājya aur bāpdādā kē|K dil kā takht lē . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] āgē sē[postp.] āgē jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] . then father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then one one child in this desire be[pres.sg.23] that each one child previously from previously go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] and (adopt[root]|one’s own) own kingdom and BapDada (of|K) heart of throne (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) .
254So, the Father has this hope in each of you children: Each of you goes ahead the furthest of all and claims your self-sovereignty and also BapDada's heart-throne.
223अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
255Achcha.
224महाराष्ट्र नाम ही महा है . mahārāṣhṭra nām hī mahā hai . mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] mahān, mahā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Maharashtra name only great be[pres.sg.23] .
256The very name Maharashtra is great.
225पहले महा आता है ना ! pahlē mahā ātā hai nā ! pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] mahān, mahā ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ! (x|firstly) great come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ !
257First, it is maha (great).
226तो महान आत्मायें तो हो और महान आत्माओं में महान उमंग-उत्साह तीव्र पुरूषार्थ सदा बाप की आशाओं को प्रैक्टिकल में लाने का लक्ष्य और लक्षण भी है . tō mahān ātmāyē̃ tō hō aur mahān ātmāō̃ mē̃ mahān umaṅg-utsāh tīvr purūṣhārth sadā bāp kī|key āśhāō̃ kō practical mē̃ lānē kā lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ bhī hai . tō mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] mahān, mahā[adj.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then great soul then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and great soul in great zeal and enthusiasm intense effort constantly father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire to practical in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim and qualification too be[pres.sg.23] .
258So you are great souls and great souls have the aim and also the qualities for that aim of constantly putting the Father's hopes into a practical form with a great deal of zeal, enthusiasm and intense effort.
227दोनों है ना ! dōnō̃ hai nā ! dōnō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
259You have both, do you not?
228लक्ष्य भी है और लक्षण भी है . lakṣhya bhī hai aur lakṣhaṇ bhī hai . lakṣhya[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . aim too be[pres.sg.23] and qualification too be[pres.sg.23] .
260You have the aim and also its qualifications.
229समान है या फर्क है ? samān hai yā phark hai ? samān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? equal be[pres.sg.23] or difference be[pres.sg.23] ?
261Are they equal or is there a difference?
230जितना बड़ा लक्ष्य है उतना ही लक्षण की भी स्पीड है वा फर्क है ? jitnā baṛā lakṣhya hai utnā hī lakṣhaṇ kī|key bhī speed hai vā phark hai ? jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] speed hōnā[pres.sg.23] vā fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? the more very aim be[pres.sg.23] x only qualification (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x be[pres.sg.23] or difference be[pres.sg.23] ?
262To the extent that the aim is great, do you also have the speed of your qualifications or is there a difference?
231जो समझते हैं कि लक्ष्य ऊंचा है और लक्षण के तरफ भी अटेन्शन इतना ही है , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki lakṣhya ūñchā hai aur lakṣhaṇ kē|K taraph bhī attention itnā hī hai , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] lakṣhya[adj.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] attention itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that aim elevated be[pres.sg.23] and qualification (of|K) direction too attention such only be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
263Those who feel that they have a high aim and that they also pay just as much attention to developing the qualities for that aim, raise your hands!
232लक्ष्य और लक्षण हैं ? lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ haĩ ? lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? aim and qualification be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
264Do you have the aim and its qualities?
233वह थोड़ों ने उठाया है . vah thōṛō̃ nē uṭhāyā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . that short ∅ uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
265Only a few of you have now raised your hands.
234अभी महाराष्ट्र की एक एक आत्मा अमृतवेले बापदादा से मिलन मनाने के बाद यह अटेन्शन देना कि आज के दिन लक्ष्य और लक्षण एक करना है . abhī mahārāṣhṭra kī|key ēk ēk ātmā amr̥itvēlē bāpdādā sē milan manānē kē bād yah attention dēnā ki āj kē|K din lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ ēk karnā hai . ab[adv.hī] mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāpdādā sē[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] attention dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now Maharashtra (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) one one soul amrit vela BapDada from meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] after this attention give[inf.m.sg.d.] that today (of|K) day aim and qualification one do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
266Now, each and every soul of Maharashtra, after celebrating a meeting with BapDada at amrit vela, should pay this attention: Today, you are going to make your aim and its qualifications equal.
235यह कर सकते हो ना ! yah kar saktē hō nā ! yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā ! this do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅ !
267You can check this, can you not?
236और रात को बापदादा को समाचार देना कि आज के दिन लक्ष्य और लक्षण समान रहा या फर्क रहा ! aur rāt kō bāpdādā kō samāchār dēnā ki āj kē|K din lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ samān rahā yā phark rahā ! aur rāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] yā fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] ! and night to BapDada to news give[inf.m.sg.d.] that today (of|K) day aim and qualification equal (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) or difference (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) !
268And at night, give BapDada your news as to whether your aim and its qualifications were equal or whether there was a difference.
237और दूसरे दिन खास अटेन्शन रखके जो कमी हुई ना उसको भरना . aur dūsrē din khās attention rakhkē jō kamī huī nā uskō bharnā . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] khās attention rakhnā[abs.] jō[pn.;d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] nā vah[pn.sg.kō] bharnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . and other day x attention keep[abs.] that x be[past-part.f.] ∅ that[.kō] fill[inf.m.sg.d.] .
269Then, the next day, pay special attention and fill the gap that there is.
238तीसरे दिन उस कमी को सदा के लिए समाप्त करना . tīsrē din us kamī kō sadā kē liē samāpt karnā . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.o.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sadā kē liē[x] samāpt karnā[x] . third day that x to constantly for x .
270On the third day, finish that weakness for all time.
239ऐसे आगे आगे बढ़ते रहना . aisē āgē āgē baṛhtē rahnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āgē āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such previously previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
271In this way, continue to move forward.
240तो महाराष्ट्र नम्बरवन हो जायेगा ना ! tō mahārāṣhṭra number one hō jāyēgā nā ! tō mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] number one hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] nā ! then Maharashtra number one be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅ !
272So, Maharashtra will become number one, will it not?
241सबमें . sabmē̃ . sabmē̃ . x .
273In everything?
242चार ही सबजेक्ट में . chār hī subject mē̃ . chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] . four only subject in .
274In all four subjects.
243ज्ञान , योग , धारणा … धारणा को पहला नम्बर रखना . gyān , yōg , dhārṇā … dhārṇā kō pahlā number rakhnā . gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] … dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pahlā number[x] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . knowledge , yoga , dharna … dharna to x keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
275Knowledge, yoga, dharna. 276Keep the subject of dharna as number one.
244धारणा में नम्बरवन हो सकता है ! dhārṇā mē̃ number one hō saktā hai ! dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ! dharna in number one be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] !
277You can become number one in the subject of dharna, can you not?
245हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
278Is this possible?
246टीचर्स हो सकता है ? teachers hō saktā hai ? teacher hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? teacher be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
279Teachers, is it possible?
247हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
280Raise your hands!
248करना पड़ेगा , ऐसे नहीं . karnā paṛēgā , aisē nahī̃ . karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , aisē nahī̃[x] . do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] , it isn't that .
281You will have to do it, do not just raise your hands!
249जो करेंगे वह हाथ उठाओ . jō karē̃gē vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands .
282Those who are going to do it, raise your hands!
250अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
283It is good.
251जितनी संख्या है और टीचर्स ने हाथ उठाया है तो बापदादा वरदान देता है कि बाप भी एकस्ट्रा मदद देंगे क्योंकि महाराष्ट्र है . jitnī saṅkhyā hai aur teachers nē hāth uṭhāyā hai tō bāpdādā vardān dētā hai ki bāp bhī extra madad dēgē kyōṅki mahārāṣhṭra hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur teacher nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō bāpdādā vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] extra madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the more x be[pres.sg.23] and teacher ∅ raise your hands then BapDada blessing give[pres.sg.m.23] that father too extra x give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because Maharashtra be[pres.sg.23] .
284To the extent that the numbers are great, teachers have also raised their hands and so BapDada is giving you a blessing: The Father will also give you extra help because this is Maharashtra.
252कमाल करके दिखाना . kamāl karkē dikhānā . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
285Show wonders!
253बाबा कहेंगे और एकस्ट्रा ताकत अनुभव करेंगे . bābā kahē̃gē aur extra tākat anubhav karē̃gē . bābā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur extra tākat[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Baba say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and extra power experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
286As soon as you say, "Baba", you will experience extra strength.
254दिल से कहना बाबा तो एकस्ट्रा मदद अनुभव होगी . dil sē kahnā bābā tō extra madad anubhav hōgī . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bābā tō extra madad[n.f.;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . heart from say[inf.m.sg.d.] Baba then extra x experience be[fut.f.sg.23] .
287Say "Baba" from your heart and you will experience receiving extra help.
255बापदादा का अटेन्शन रहेगा . bāpdādā kā attention rahēgā . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . BapDada of attention remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
288BapDada's attention will be on you.
256अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
289It is good.
257आप करेंगे ना प्रैक्टिकल तो सबको उमंग आयेगा . āp karē̃gē nā practical tō sabkō umaṅg āyēgā . āp[pn.pl.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā practical tō sabkō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . you do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ practical then everything zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] .
290When you do it practically, everyone will have enthusiasm.
258कोई भी बात आवे ना , आप नहीं कर सकते हो , हिम्मत थोड़ी कम है तो एकस्ट्रा बाप को जो अपना हिम्मत कम करने वाला काम है , उसे बाबा को सुपुर्द कर दो , बाबा मैं यह नहीं कर सकती हूँ . kōī bhī bāt āvē nā , āp nahī̃ kar saktē hō , himmat thōṛī cum|kam hai tō extra bāp kō jō apnā himmat cum|kam karnē vālā kām hai , usē bābā kō supurd kar dō , bābā maĩ yah nahī̃ kar saktī hū̃ . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] nā , āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō extra bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kō] bābā kō[postp.] supurd karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , bābā maĩ[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.f.1.root+saknā] . anyone matter come[opt.sg.23] ∅ , you not do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] , courage short (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] then extra father to that (adopt[root]|one’s own) courage (x|less) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kō] Baba to surrender , Baba I this not do[pres.sg.f.1.root+saknā] .
291If any situation comes up, when you are not able to do it, if you lack courage, then whatever it is that is making you lose your courage, give that to the Father, "Baba, I am not able to do this.
259आप ले लो . āp lē lō . āp[pn.pl.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . you take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] .
292You take it.
260मैं यह संकल्प में भी नहीं लाऊंगी . maĩ yah saṅkalp mē̃ bhī nahī̃ lāūṅgī . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[fut.f.sg.1] . I this thought in too not x[fut.f.sg.1] .
293I will not bring this even into my thoughts."
261बिल्कुल उस संकल्प को आने नहीं देना . bilkul us saṅkalp kō ānē nahī̃ dēnā . bilkul[adv.] vah[pn.sg.o.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . at all that thought to (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) not give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
294Do not allow that thought to come at all.
262दे दो . dē dō . dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
295Just give it to the Father.
263वापस आवे तो दिल में नहीं रखना . vāpas āvē tō dil mē̃ nahī̃ rakhnā . vāpis, vāpas ānā[opt.sg.23] tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . back come[opt.sg.23] then heart in not keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
296If that comes back, do not keep it in your heart.
264फिर वापस कर देना . phir vāpas kar dēnā . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vāpis, vāpas karnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (turn[root]|then) back do[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
297Return it to the Father again.
265बापदादा चाहता है कि मेरा एक एक बच्चा जो सोचे वह करके दिखावे . bāpdādā chāhtā hai ki mērā ēk ēk bachchā jō sōchē vah karkē dikhāvē . bāpdādā chāhnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sōchnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhāvā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . BapDada x[pres.sg.m.23] that I[.kā] one one child that (think[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|think[opt.sg.23]) that do[abs.] x .
298BapDada wants each of His children to demonstrate this practically by doing whatever he has thought.
266सोचते तो सभी अच्छा हैं , तो करना ! sōchtē tō sabhī achchhā haĩ , tō karnā ! sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ! think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then all achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then do[inf.m.sg.d.] !
299All of you think very well, and so you have to do it.
267पाण्डव भी करेंगे ना ! pāṇḍav bhī karē̃gē nā ! pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! Pandava too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
300Pandavas will also do it, will you not?
268करेंगे ? karē̃gē ? karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 269पाण्डव हाथ उठाओ करेंगे ? pāṇḍav hāth uṭhāō karē̃gē ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? Pandava raise your hands do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
301Pandavas, raise your hands if you are going to do it!
270अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
302Achcha.
271फिर बापदादा बहुत एक अच्छी बात सुनायेगा , करने के बाद . phir bāpdādā bahut ēk achchhī bāt sunāyēgā , karnē kē bād . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāpdādā bahut ēk[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[fut.m.sg.23] , karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] . (turn[root]|then) BapDada very one achcha matter speak[fut.m.sg.23] , do[inf.m.pl.,o.] after .
303Then BapDada will tell you something very good, after you have done this.
272अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
304Achcha.
273बाकी सेवा तो अच्छी कर रहे हैं . bākī sēvā tō achchhī kar rahē haĩ . bākī|bākī sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . (but|others) service then achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
305You are doing very good service.
274आपने क्या सर्टीफिकेट दिया . āpnē kyā certificate diyā . āp[pn.pl.nē] kyā certificate dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . you[.nē] what certificate give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
306What certificate did you give them?
275अच्छी हो रही है सेवा . achchhī hō rahī hai sēvā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] . achcha be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] service .
307Very good service is taking place.
276डबल विदेशी : डबल विदेशियों को बापदादा एक बात की बहुत-बहुत मुबारक देते हैं . double vidēśhī : double vidēśhiyō̃ kō bāpdādā ēk bāt kī|key bahut-bahut mubārak dētē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] : double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner : double foreigner to BapDada one matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) very congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
308Speaking to the double foreigners: BapDada is giving many many congratulations to the double foreigners for one thing.
277कौन सी बात की ? kaun see|sī|C bāt kī|key ? kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? who (see|x) matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
309For what?
278डबल विदेशियों में एक विशेषता देखी जो पहले अपना कल्चर बदलना मुश्किल लगता था , इन्डियन कल्चर मुश्किल लगता था लेकिन अभी यह प्रॉबलम मैजारिटी समाप्त है . double vidēśhiyō̃ mē̃ ēk viśhēṣhtā dēkhī jō pahlē apnā culture badalnā muśhkil lagtā thā , Indian culture muśhkil lagtā thā lēkin abhī yah problem majority samāpt hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[past-part.f.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] culture badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[hab-past.m.sg.] , Indian culture muśhkil[adj.] lagnā[hab-past.m.sg.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] problem majority samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . double foreigner in one speciality see[past-part.f.] that (x|firstly) (adopt[root]|one’s own) culture change[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult x[hab-past.m.sg.] , x culture difficult x[hab-past.m.sg.] but now this problem majority finished be[pres.sg.23] .
310BapDada saw one speciality in the double foreigners. 311Earlier, you used to find it difficult to change your culture. 312You used to find the Indian culture difficult, but this problem has now finished for the majority of you.
279अभी कई आत्माओं में जो है विदेशी लेकिन पुरूषार्थ में अच्छे हैं , उन्हों को ऐसी महसूसता आती है कि हम तो थे ही बाबा के , सेवा के लिए सिर्फ विदेश में यह जन्म लिया है . abhī kaī ātmāō̃ mē̃ jō hai vidēśhī lēkin purūṣhārth mē̃ achchhē haĩ , unhō̃ kō aisī mahsūstā ātī hai ki ham tō thē hī bābā kē|K , sēvā kē liē sirph vidēśh mē̃ yah janma liyā hai . ab[adv.hī] kaī ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mahsūstā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] tō hōnā[past.pl] hī[p.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] sirph[adj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] janma lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now some soul in that be[pres.sg.23] foreigner but effort in achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that to such realisation come[pres.sg.f.23] that we then be[past.pl] only Baba (of|K) , service for only abroad in this x .
313Now, many souls, who are foreigners are good in their efforts, they feel that they used to belong to Baba and that they have just taken this birth abroad only for service.
280यह देखकर बापदादा को इस चेंज की खुशी है . yah dēkhkar bāpdādā kō is change kī|key khuśhī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[abs.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] change karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this see[abs.] BapDada to this change (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness be[pres.sg.23] .
314Seeing this change, BapDada is pleased.
281आप में से जो समझते हैं हम तो हैं ही यहाँ के , सिर्फ सेवा के लिए यह जन्म लिया है चारों ओर सेवा के लिए . āp mē̃ sē jō samajhtē haĩ ham tō haĩ hī yahā̃ kē|K , sirph sēvā kē liē yah janma liyā hai chārō̃ ōr sēvā kē liē . āp[pn.pl.] mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] yahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , sirph[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] janma lēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] chārō̃ ōr[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] . you in from that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only here (of|K) , only service for this x everywhere service for . 282वह हाथ उठाओ . vah hāth uṭhāō . vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that raise your hands .
315Out of all of you, those who feel that you belong to this place and that you have taken this birth just for doing service everywhere, raise your hands!
283यहाँ के ही थे और यहाँ के ही रहेंगे क्योंकि वायदा है , ब्रह्मा बाबा के साथ अभी भी बापदादा के साथ जायेंगे , पक्का . yahā̃ kē|K hī thē aur yahā̃ kē|K hī rahē̃gē kyōṅki vāydā hai , brahmā bābā kē sāth abhī bhī bāpdādā kē sāth jāyēṅgē , pakkā . yahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hī[p.] hōnā[past.pl] aur yahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , brahmā bābā[x] kē sāth[x] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bāpdādā kē sāth[x] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . here (of|K) only be[past.pl] and here (of|K) only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because promise be[pres.sg.23] , x with now too BapDada with go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , firm .
316You belonged here and you will remain belonging here because you have promised that you will remain with Brahma Baba at this time and you will return home with BapDada. 317This is firm.
284साथ जायेंगे , कांध हिलाओ . sāth jāyēṅgē , kāndh hilāō . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . with go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
318You will return home? 319Then nod.
285और सतयुग में भी साथ आयेंगे . aur satyug mē̃ bhī sāth āyēṅgē . aur satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and golden age in too with come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
320And you will also come down to the golden age together?
286कांध हिलाओ . kāndh hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
321Nod!
287अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
322Achcha.
288और द्वापर में भक्ति में भी साथ में रहेंगे . aur dvāpar mē̃ bhakti mē̃ bhī sāth mē̃ rahē̃gē . aur dvāpar mē̃[postp.] bhakti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . and copper age in devotion in too with in remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
323And, in the copper age, you will be with him in performing devotion?
289साथ ही रहेंगे ना ! sāth hī rahē̃gē nā ! sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! with only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
324You will remain together, will you not?
290वह थोड़े होंगे . vah thōṛē hōṅgē . vah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that short be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
325Those others will be few.
291सारा कल्प ब्राह्मण परिवार के कोई न कोई के सम्पर्क में होंगे . sārā kalp brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K kōī na kōī kē|K samparka mē̃ hōṅgē . sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kōī na kōī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . the whole cycle Brahmin family (of|K) one .. or another (of|K) x in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
326Throughout the whole cycle, you will be in connection with someone or another of the Brahmin family.
292यह अविनाशी नाता भिन्न-भिन्न रूप में थोड़ा दूर या नजदीक कईयों का रहेगा . yah avināśhī nātā bhinn-bhinn rūp mē̃ thōṛā dūr yā najdīk kaīyō̃ kā rahēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] avināśhī[adj.] nātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhinn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūr[adj.] yā nazdīk kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this imperishable relationship different Rup in short distant or x some of remain[fut.m.sg.23] .
327This eternal relationship will remain in many, whether they are a little distant or in close connection.
293तो डबल विदेशियों में की यह भी विशेष एक कमाल है , अगर समझ में बात आ जाती हैं ना तो समझने वाले डगमग नहीं होते , पक्के रहते हैं . tō double vidēśhiyō̃ mē̃ kī|key yah bhī viśhēṣh ēk kamāl hai , agar samajh mē̃ bāt ā jātī haĩ nā tō samajhnē vālē ḍagmag nahī̃ hōtē , pakkē rahtē haĩ . tō double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ēk[adj.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , agar samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] nā tō samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ḍagmag[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then double foreigner in (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this too special one x be[pres.sg.23] , if (understanding|understand[root]) in matter come[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ then understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who rocking not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , firm remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
328So, the double foreigners have this special wonder. 329If you understand something, then those who have understood do not fluctuate; they remain firm.
294समझ में आ जाये तो हिलते कम हैं . samajh mē̃ ā jāyē tō hiltē cum|kam haĩ . samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō hilnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (understanding|understand[root]) in come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
330Once you understand something, you don't fluctuate as much.
295समझ में जब तक नहीं आयेगी तब तक क्वेश्चन भी होगा और थोड़ा हिलना जुलना होगा लेकिन समझ लिया तो पक्के चलते रहते हैं . samajh mē̃ jab tak nahī̃ āyēgī tab tak question bhī hōgā aur thōṛā hilnā julanā hōgā lēkin samajh liyā tō pakkē chaltē rahtē haĩ . samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] mē̃[postp.] jab tak[x] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] tab tak[x] question bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hilnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . (understanding|understand[root]) in as long as not come[fut.f.sg.23] x question too be[fut.m.sg.23] and short x[inf.m.sg.d.] x be[fut.m.sg.23] but understand[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] then firm continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
331Until you understand something, there will be questions and a little fluctuation, but once you have understood something, you will continue to move forward very strongly.
296ऐसे कई बच्चे बाबा के आंखों में समाये हुए जो हिलने वाले नहीं हैं . aisē kaī bachchē bābā kē|K āṅkhō̃ mē̃ samāyē huē jō hilnē vālē nahī̃ haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āṅkh[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] hilnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . such some child Baba (of|K) eye in merge[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
332There are many such children who are merged in Baba's eyes who never fluctuate.
297उड़ने वाले हैं . uṛnē vālē haĩ . uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
333They are ones who fly.
298बापदादा सदा विदेश में चक्कर लगाने आते हैं . bāpdādā sadā vidēśh mē̃ chakkar lagānē ātē haĩ . bāpdādā sadā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada constantly abroad in cycle attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
334BapDada constantly tours abroad.
299अमृतवेले में भी आते हैं . amr̥itvēlē mē̃ bhī ātē haĩ . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . amrit vela in too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
335He also comes at amrit vela.
300तो क्या देखते हैं ? tō kyā dēkhtē haĩ ? tō kyā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then what see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
336So what does He see?
301रिजल्ट में थोड़ा-थोड़ा मिसिंग भी होती है और कोई कोई मेहनत करते हैं . result mē̃ thōṛā-thōṛā missing bhī hōtī hai aur kōī kōī mēhnat kartē haĩ . result mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] missing[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur kōī[x] kōī[pn.;d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . result in short missing too be[pres.sg.f.23] someone else some effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
337In the result, there is a little bit missing, whereas others make a lot of effort.
302छोड़ते नहीं हैं , मेहनत करके बैठते हैं और मेहनत में बीच बीच में सफलता भी होती है . chhōṛtē nahī̃ haĩ , mēhnat karkē baiṭhtē haĩ aur mēhnat mē̃ bīch bīch mē̃ saphaltā bhī hōtī hai . chhōṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . renounce[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , effort do[abs.] sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and effort in centre centre in success too be[pres.sg.f.23] .
338They don't leave it alone. 339They sit while making effort, and in-between of making their effort, they do achieve some success.
303लेकिन जो नियम है उसमें मैजारिटी अच्छे रिजल्ट में हैं . lēkin jō niyam hai usmē̃ majority achchhē result mē̃ haĩ . lēkin jō[pn.;d.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] majority achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] result mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but that law be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] majority achcha result in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
340The majority of you have a good result in the disciplines.
304बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
341BapDada is pleased.
305और जो होमवर्क दिया वह किया है ? aur jō homework diyā vah kiyā hai ? aur jō[pn.;d.] home work dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? and that homework give[past-part.m.sg.d.] that do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
342And, have you done the homework you were given?
306जिसने किया है वह हाथ उठाओ . jisnē kiyā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.nē] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.nē] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .
343Those who have done it, raise your hands!
307क्रोध छोड़ा है ? krōdh chhōṛā hai ? krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? anger renounce[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
344Have you renounced anger?
308क्रोध छोड़ा है ? krōdh chhōṛā hai ? krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? anger renounce[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
345Have you let go of anger?
309हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
346Raise your hands!
310क्रोध नहीं किया ? krōdh nahī̃ kiyā ? krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? anger not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 311मन में . man mē̃ . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . mind in .
347You didn't get angry in your mind?
312हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
348Raise your hands!
313थोड़े हैं . thōṛē haĩ . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . short be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
349There are a few.
314अभी यह होम वर्क भी करते पास मार्क्स लेना . abhī yah home work bhī kartē pās|pass marks lēnā . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] home work[x] bhī[p.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] pās|pass mark lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now this homework too do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|pass) mark take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
350Now, continue with this homework and claim pass marks.
315अटेन्शन है बच्चों का , बापदादा ने टोटल रिजल्ट देखी कि जब भी क्रोध करते हैं ना उस समय आधे में याद आ जाता है , हाँ . attention hai bachchō̃ kā , bāpdādā nē total result dēkhī ki jab bhī krōdh kartē haĩ nā us samay ādhē mē̃ yād ā jātā hai , hā̃ . attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] total result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] jab bhī[p.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , hā̃ . attention be[pres.sg.23] child of , BapDada ∅ total result see[past-part.f.] that when too anger do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that time half in remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , yes .
351Children do pay attention to this. 352BapDada saw in the total result that, when you get angry, half way through, you remember that.
316और अपने को चेक करते हैं नहीं नहीं , क्रोध नहीं करना है . aur apnē kō check kartē haĩ nahī̃ nahī̃ , krōdh nahī̃ karnā hai . aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] nahī̃[neg] , krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and one’s own to check do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] not not , anger not do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
353And yes, you do check yourself: No, no, I mustn't get angry now.
317लेकिन थोड़ा मन में आ जाता है . lēkin thōṛā man mē̃ ā jātā hai . lēkin thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . but short mind in come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
354However, it does enter in your mind a little.
318मुख को कन्ट्रोल कर लेते हैं लेकिन मन में आ जाता है . mukh kō control kar lētē haĩ lēkin man mē̃ ā jātā hai . mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] control karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] lēkin man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . mouth to control do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] but mind in come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
355You are able to control your mouth, but it enters your mind.
319लेकिन करना है पक्का . lēkin karnā hai pakkā . lēkin karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . but do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] firm .
356However, you definitely have to do this.
320करना है ना ! karnā hai nā ! karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
357You are going to do it, are you not?
321पक्का है ना ! pakkā hai nā ! pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
358It is firm, is it not?
322सभी को यह रिजल्ट सभी की बापदादा ने सुनाई . sabhī kō yah result sabhī kī|key bāpdādā nē sunāī . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] result sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[past-part.f.] . all to this result all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) BapDada ∅ speak[past-part.f.] . 323चाहे इन्डिया चाहे विदेश . chāhē India chāhē vidēśh . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] India chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) India (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad .
359BapDada has given all of you this result of everyone, whether from India or of those from abroad.
324लेकिन साथ चलना है तो यह तो बाप समान बनना ही पड़ेगा ना . lēkin sāth chalnā hai tō yah tō bāp samān bannā hī paṛēgā nā . lēkin sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . but with continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then this then equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .
360However, if you are going to return home together, you will definitely have to become equal to the Father.
325बातें तो आयेंगी लेकिन बातें आती हैं और चली जाती हैं आपका प्रामिस नहीं जाना चाहिए . bātē̃ tō āyēṅgī lēkin bātē̃ ātī haĩ aur chalī jātī haĩ āpkā promise nahī̃ jānā chāhiē . bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] lēkin bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aur chalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.passive] āp[pn.pl.kā] promise nahī̃[neg] jānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|jānā[.oblig3] . matter then come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] but matter come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] and (continue[pres.pl.f.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.f.12hon3.passive]) you[.kā] promise not (go[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|go[.oblig3]) .
361Situations will come, they do come and they go away, but you should never let go of your promise.
326बाकी बापदादा ने देखा कि विदेश में भी वृद्धि अच्छी हो रही है . bākī bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki vidēśh mē̃ bhī vr̥iddhi achchhī hō rahī hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . (but|others) BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that abroad in too growth achcha be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
362BapDada has seen that there is good expansion abroad too.
327प्रोग्रामस भी अच्छे करते हैं . programmes bhī achchhē kartē haĩ . programme bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . programme too achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
363You also do good programmes.
328पुरूषार्थ के तरफ जो निमित्त बने हुए हैं वह अटेन्शन दिलाते भी अच्छा हैं . purūṣhārth kē|K taraph jō nimitt banē huē haĩ vah attention dilātē bhī achchhā haĩ . puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] attention dilānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . effort (of|K) direction that instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that attention x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
364Those who have become instruments draw everyone's attention to making effort.
329मेहनत करते हैं . mēhnat kartē haĩ . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
365They do work hard.
330अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
366Achcha.
331जो सदा खुश रहते हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . jō sadā khuśh rahtē haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that constantly happy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that raise your hands .
367Those who remain constantly happy, raise your hands!
332खुश रहते हैं . khuśh rahtē haĩ . khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . happy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
368Constantly remain happy?
333खुशी तो रहती है ना ! khuśhī tō rahtī hai nā ! khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! happiness then remain[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
369You do have happiness, do you not?
334खुशी जाती तो नहीं ? khuśhī jātī tō nahī̃ ? khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānā[pres-part.f.] tō nahī̃[neg] ? happiness go[pres-part.f.] then not ?
370Your happiness doesn't disappear, does it?
335खुशी नहीं जानी चाहिए . khuśhī nahī̃ jānī chāhiē . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[imp.pl.2hon.past-part+cāhnā]|jānā[.oblig3] . happiness not (know[imp.pl.2hon.past-part+cāhnā]|go[.oblig3]) . 336क्योंकि खुशी परमात्म गिफ्ट है . kyōṅki khuśhī paramātma gift hai . kyōṅki khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] gift hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because happiness Supreme Soul gift be[pres.sg.23] .
371Your happiness should not disappear, because happiness is a Godly gift.
337परमात्म गिफ्ट सम्भाल के रखनी चाहिए . paramātma gift sambhāl kē|K rakhnī chāhiē . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] gift sambhāl[n.f.;sg.]|sambhālnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rakhnā[.oblig3] . Supreme Soul gift (x|be careful[root]) (of|K) keep[.oblig3] .
372You should look after the Godly gift very carefully.
338बात , बात में हो गई , खुशी क्यों जावें . bāt , bāt mē̃ hō gaī , khuśhī kyō̃ jāvē̃ . bāt[n.f.;sg.] , bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyō̃ jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . matter , matter in be[past-part.f..root+jānā] , happiness why go[opt.pl.12hon3] .
373Any situation that arises, why should your happiness disappear?
339बात पावरफुल या खुशी परमात्म गिफ्ट ? bāt powerful yā khuśhī paramātma gift ? bāt[n.f.;sg.] powerful yā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] gift ? matter powerful or happiness Supreme Soul gift ?
374Is that situation powerful or is the Godly gift of happiness?
340तो यह भी कोशिश करो खुशी नहीं जाये . tō yah bhī kōśhiśh karō khuśhī nahī̃ jāyē . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then this too try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] happiness not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
375So, now try not to let your happiness disappear.
341सदा फेस खुशनुमा रहे . sadā face khuśhnumā rahē . sadā face khuśhnumā[adj.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . constantly face happy (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
376Your face should always be happy and sparkling.
342खुशनुमा . khuśhnumā . khuśhnumā[adj.] . happy .
377Happy and sparkling.
343रह सकती है खुशी ? rah saktī hai khuśhī ? rahnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ? remain[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] happiness ?
378Are you able to keep this happiness?
344रह सकती है ? rah saktī hai ? rahnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ? remain[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] ?
379Is it able to remain?
345कांध हिलाओ . kāndh hilāō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
380Nod if so!
346रह सकती है अटेन्शन देंगे तो हो जायेगी ना . rah saktī hai attention dēgē tō hō jāyēgī nā . rahnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] attention dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] nā . remain[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] attention give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅ .
381It can stay; if you pay attention, it will happen.
347हो जायेगी ? hō jāyēgī ? hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] ? be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] ?
382Will it happen?
348पीछे वाले ? pīchhē vālē ? pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? x those who ?
383Those at the back?
349तो बापदादा सभी के लिए कह रहे हैं एक मास के बाद सभी से यह चार्ट मंगायेंगे कि एक ही मास खुश रहा ? tō bāpdādā sabhī kē liē kah rahē haĩ ēk mās kē bād sabhī sē yah chart maṅgāyēṅgē ki ēk hī mās khuśh rahā ? tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kē liē[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] chart maṅgānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] ? then BapDada all for say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] one (month|x) after all from this chart ask to bring[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that one only (month|x) happy (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) ?
384BapDada is telling everyone that after one month, Baba will ask all of you for your chart as to whether you remained happy for one month.
350आज की तारीख याद करना . āj kī|key tārīkh yād karnā . āj karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tārīkh[n.f.;sg.] yād karnā[x] . today (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x remember .
385Remember today's date. 386(31st March).
351सभी को कह रहे हैं सिर्फ फॉरेनर्स को नहीं . sabhī kō kah rahē haĩ sirph foreigners kō nahī̃ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] sirph[adj.] foreigner kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . all to say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] only foreigner to not .
387Baba is telling everyone, not just the foreigners.
352एक मास की ट्रायल करो , कोई भी बात आवे दिल में नहीं समाना . ēk mās kī|key trial karō , kōī bhī bāt āvē dil mē̃ nahī̃ samānā . ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key trial karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] samānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . one (month|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anyone matter come[opt.sg.23] heart in not merge[inf.m.sg.d.] .
388Try it for one month. 389When any situation comes, do not merge it in your heart.
353समझना बात राइट है रांग है क्या करना है लेकिन दिल में नहीं समाना . samajhnā bāt right hai wrong hai kyā karnā hai lēkin dil mē̃ nahī̃ samānā . samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] samānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . understand[inf.m.sg.d.] matter right be[pres.sg.23] x be[pres.sg.23] what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but heart in not merge[inf.m.sg.d.] .
390Understand whether that situation is right or wrong, and what you have to do, but do not merge it in your heart.
354दिल में समा जाती है तभी खुशी जाती है . dil mē̃ samā jātī hai tabhī khuśhī jātī hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tabhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . heart in merge[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] x happiness go[pres.sg.f.23] .
391When it merges in your heart, your happiness disappears.
355समझने वाला खुश रहेगा और बात को समझके पूरी करेगा . samajhnē vālā khuśh rahēgā aur bāt kō samajhkē pūrī karēgā . samajhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśh[adj.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] aur bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[abs.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . understand[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who happy remain[fut.m.sg.23] and matter to understand[abs.] (full|puri) do[fut.m.sg.23] .
392Those who understand will remain happy and finish the situation by understanding it.
356तो एक मास का पेपर है यह . tō ēk mās kā paper hai yah . tō ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paper hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] . then one (month|x) of paper be[pres.sg.23] this .
393So, this is a paper of one month.
357खुश रहना है . khuśh rahnā hai . khuśh[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . happy remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
394You have to remain happy.
358हो सकता है ? hō saktā hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
395Is this possible?
359यह सभी हाथ उठाओ , हो सकता है ? yah sabhī hāth uṭhāō , hō saktā hai ? yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? this all raise your hands , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
396All of you raise your hands! 397Is this possible?
360तो बापदादा एक मास के लिए आपको इकठ्ठी मुबारक देते हैं . tō bāpdādā ēk mās kē liē āpkō ikaṭhṭhī mubārak dētē haĩ . tō bāpdādā ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] āp[pn.pl.kō] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada one (month|x) for you[.kō] together congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 361क्योंकि करना ही है . kyōṅki karnā hī hai . kyōṅki karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
398BapDada is giving you congratulations for one month at the same time because you definitely have to do it.
362हो जायेगा , का पाठ नहीं , करना ही है . hō jāyēgā , kā pāṭh nahī̃ , karnā hī hai . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , of lesson not , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
399Do not do the lesson of "It will happen", but you definitely do have to do this.
363आखिर भी आप लोगों के ऊपर चाहे नये आये हैं या पुराने , है तो ब्राह्मण परिवार के . ākhir bhī āp lōgō̃ kē ūpar chāhē nayē āyē haĩ yā purānē , hai tō brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K . ākhir bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yā purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K . at last too you people over (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) new come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] or old , be[pres.sg.23] then Brahmin family (of|K) .
400Ultimately, whether you are new ones who have come or the old ones, you belong to the Brahmin family.
364तो ब्राह्मण परिवार दुनिया के लिए विश्व परिवर्तक है . tō brāhmaṇ parivār duniyā kē liē viśhva parivartak hai . tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] viśhva parivartak[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Brahmin family world for world transformer be[pres.sg.23] .
401The Brahmin family are those who are world transformers for the world.
365तो परिवर्तक परिवर्तन नहीं करेंगे तो विश्व का परिवर्तन कैसे होगा ! tō parivartak parivartan nahī̃ karē̃gē tō viśhva kā parivartan kaisē hōgā ! tō parivartak[adj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! then transformer transformation not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then world of transformation how be[fut.m.sg.23] !
402If the transformers do not bring about transformation, how would world transformation take place?
366जिम्मेवारी समझो . jimmēvārī samjhō . zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . responsibility understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
403Consider it to be your responsibility.
367अलबेलापन छोड़ो . albēlāpan chhōṛō . albēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . carelessness renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
404Let go of carelessness.
368हो जायेगा , हो जायेगा नहीं . hō jāyēgā , hō jāyēgā nahī̃ . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] nahī̃[neg] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] not . 369करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
405Not that it will happen, it will happen, but you have to do it.
370क्योंकि बापदादा जानते हैं कि समय आप ब्राह्मणों के रोकने से रूका हुआ है . kyōṅki bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki samay āp brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K rōknē sē rūkā huā hai . kyōṅki bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rōknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ruknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . because BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that time you Brahmin (of|K) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from stop[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
406BapDada knows that time is waiting for you Brahmins.
371समय को समीप लाने वाले आप हो . samay kō samīp lānē vālē āp hō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . time to close x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
407You are the ones who will bring time close.
372तो तीव्र पुरूषार्थ करो . tō tīvr purūṣhārth karō . tō tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then intense effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
408So, make intense effort!
373दृढ़ संकल्प करो तो हो जायेंगे . dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karō tō hō jāyēṅgē . dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . determined thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
409Have determined thoughts and it will happen.
374रोज़ यह गीत याद करो अब घर चलना है . rōz yah gīt yād karō ab ghar chalnā hai . rōz yah[pn.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ab[adv.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . day this x remember now home continue[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
410Every day, remember this song: We now have to return home.
375ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
411Is this all right?
376अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
412Achcha.
377बापदादा सभी चारों ओर के बच्चों को देख खुश भी होते हैं क्योंकि बापदादा बच्चों के सिवाए अकेला कुछ नहीं करने चाहता . bāpdādā sabhī chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō dēkh khuśh bhī hōtē haĩ kyōṅki bāpdādā bachchō̃ kē|K sivāē akēlā kuchh nahī̃ karnē chāhtā . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada all everywhere (of|K) child to see[root] happy too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because BapDada child (of|K) except alone anything not do[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
413BapDada is pleased seeing all the children from everywhere because BapDada alone does not want to do anything without you children.
378इसलिए हर रोज़ बच्चों का आह्वान करते रहते हैं . isliē har|her rōz bachchō̃ kā āhvān kartē rahtē haĩ . isliē har|harnā[root]|her rōz bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . therefore (x|x[root]) day child of invocation do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
414This is why He continues to invoke the children every day.
379तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बच्चे , मीठे बच्चे , प्यारे बच्चे अब चलो . tīvr purūṣhārthī bachchē , mīṭhē bachchē , pyārē bachchē ab chalō . tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , mīṭhē bachchē[x] , pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ab[adv.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . intense effort-maker child , sweet children , loving child now continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
415Fast effort-making children, sweet children, lovely children, now let us return!
380अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
416Achcha.
381चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा देखकर चाहे सम्मुख बैठे हैं , चाहे कहाँ भी बैठे हैं लेकिन सभी को याद बाप है . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā dēkhkar chāhē sammukh baiṭhē haĩ , chāhē kahā̃ bhī baiṭhē haĩ lēkin sabhī kō yād bāp hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[abs.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sammukh baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kahā̃ bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada see[abs.] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) in front of you sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) where too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but all to remembrance father be[pres.sg.23] .
417All the children from everywhere, whether you are sitting personally in front of BapDada or wherever you may be sitting, all of you are remembering the Father.
382और बाप को भी कौन याद है ? aur bāp kō bhī kaun yād hai ? aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kaun[pn.;d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and father to too who remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ?
418And, who is the Father remembering?
383चारों ओर के बच्चे याद हैं क्योंकि बाप हर बच्चों के लिए यही आशा रखते हैं कि हर बच्चा बाप समान बनना ही है . chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchē yād haĩ kyōṅki bāp har|her bachchō̃ kē liē yahī āśhā rakhtē haĩ ki har|her bachchā bāp samān bannā hī hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] yahī[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everywhere (of|K) child remembrance be[pres.pl.12hon3] because father (x|x[root]) child for this desire keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (x|x[root]) child equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
419He is remembering all the children from everywhere because, for every child, the Father has the hope that each child definitely has to become equal to the Father.
384बाप की हर एक बच्चे में जो आशायें हैं वह जानता है कि नम्बरवार हैं लेकिन फिर भी अपने नम्बर अनुसार भी सम्पन्न तो बनना है ना . bāp kī|key har ēk bachchē mē̃ jō āśhāyē̃ haĩ vah jāntā hai ki number-vār haĩ lēkin phir bhī apnē number anusār bhī sampann tō bannā hai nā . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] number-wār hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin phir bhī[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number anusār bhī[p.] sampann[adj.] tō bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) each one child in that desire be[pres.pl.12hon3] that know[pres.sg.m.23] that numberwise be[pres.pl.12hon3] but nevertheless one’s own number according to too full then become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
420The Father has the hope in each child, though He knows that you are numberwise, yet all of you have to become complete according to your number, do you not?
385हर एक के पुरूषार्थ को भी देखते हैं क्या-क्या कर रहे हैं , बाप को बहुत प्यार आता है , जब मेहनत करते हैं ना तो बहुत प्यार आता है कि मेहनत से छूट जाएं . har ēk kē|K purūṣhārth kō bhī dēkhtē haĩ kyā-kyā kar rahē haĩ , bāp kō bahut pyār ātā hai , jab mēhnat kartē haĩ nā tō bahut pyār ātā hai ki mēhnat sē chhūṭ jāē̃ . har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , jab mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] chhūṭnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . each one (of|K) effort to too see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , father to very love come[pres.sg.m.23] , when effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then very love come[pres.sg.m.23] that effort from let go[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
421Baba also sees the effort of each one as to what each one of you is doing. 422The Father feels a lot of love. 423When you make effort, He feels a lot of love that you should become free from labouring.
386प्यार में खो जायें . pyār mē̃ khō jāyē̃ . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . love in lose[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
424Become lost in love.
387जितना प्यार में खो जायेंगे उतनी मेहनत कम और बापदादा हाथ उठवाता कि बाप से प्यार है तो सभी बड़ा-बड़ा हाथ उठाते हैं . jitnā pyār mē̃ khō jāyēṅgē utnī mēhnat cum|kam aur bāpdādā hāth uṭhvātā ki bāp sē pyār hai tō sabhī baṛā-baṛā hāth uṭhātē haĩ . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] aur bāpdādā hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō sab[adv.hī] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . the more love in lose[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] x effort (x|less) and BapDada hand make raise[pres-part.m.sg.d.] that father from love be[pres.sg.23] then all very raise your hands .
425The more you become lost in love, the less effort you will have to make, and, when BapDada asks you to raise your hands for having love for the Father, all of you raise your hands very high.
388बाप भी मानते हैं कि बाप से प्यार है , प्यार में मैजारिटी पास हैं लेकिन बातों में आ जाते तो बाप को भूल जाते . bāp bhī māntē haĩ ki bāp sē pyār hai , pyār mē̃ majority pās|pass haĩ lēkin bātō̃ mē̃ ā jātē tō bāp kō bhūl jātē . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] majority pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . father too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that father from love be[pres.sg.23] , love in majority (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] but matter in come[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then father to (forget[root]|mistake) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
426The Father accepts that you have love for Him, and the majority of you have passed in the subject of love, but when you get caught up in situations, you forget the Father.
389तो चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा का पदम पदम गुणा प्यार और दिल का दुलार स्वीकार हो . tō chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā padam padam guṇā pyār aur dil kā dulār svīkār hō . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada of multimillion multimillion fold love and heart of love and affection acceptance (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
427Multi, multimillionfold love and remembrance and affection from the heart of BapDada to all the children everywhere.
390सभी को , मालिक बच्चों को बाप लाख-लाख बधाईयां दे रहे हैं . sabhī kō , mālik bachchō̃ kō bāp lākh-lākh badhāīyā̃ dē rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] , mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] lākh[x] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all to , master child to father 100,000 greetings give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
428To everyone, to all the children who are masters, the Father is giving hundreds and thousands of greetings.
391उड़ते चलो , उड़ाते चलो . uṛtē chalō , uṛātē chalō . uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , uṛānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
429Fly and continue to make others fly.
392अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
430Achcha.
393नीलू बहन से : सेवा दिल से करती है . nīlū bahan sē : sēvā dil sē kartī hai . x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . x x from : service heart from do[pres.sg.f.23] .
431Speaking to Neeluben: You serve with your heart.
394सेवा करना अर्थात् दिल पर चढ़ना . sēvā karnā arthāt dil par chaṛhnā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chaṛhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . service do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is heart (at|other) climb[inf.m.sg.d.] .
432To do service means to climb onto the heart.
395तो बाप के दिल पर चढ़ी हुई हो . tō bāp kē|K dil par chaṛhī huī hō . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chaṛhnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] . then father (of|K) heart (at|other) climb[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.pl.f.2] .
433So, you are seated on the Father's heart.
396सेवा व्यर्थ नहीं जाती है . sēvā vyarth nahī̃ jātī hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . service wasteful not go[pres.sg.f.23] .
434Your service does not go to waste.
397पदमगुणा बढ़ करके फायदा देती है . padamguṇā baṛh karkē phāydā dētī hai . padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhnā[root] karnā[abs.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] . multimillion-fold grow[root] do[abs.] profit give[pres.sg.f.23] .
435It gives multimillionfold greater benefit.
398अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
436It is good.
399बापदादा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . bāpdādā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
437BapDada is congratulating you.
400दादी जानकी से : आपकी डबल सेवा है . dādī jānkī sē : āpkī double sēvā hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : āp[pn.pl.kī] double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Dadi x from : you[.kī] double service be[pres.sg.23] .
438Dadi Janki: You are doing double service.
401फारेन की भी है जिम्मेवारी और इन्डिया की भी है . foreign kī|key bhī hai jimmēvārī aur India kī|key bhī hai . foreign karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur India karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too be[pres.sg.23] responsibility and India (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too be[pres.sg.23] .
439You have the responsibility of the land abroad and also of India.
402 ( आपने नजर में रखा है ) नजर क्या लेकिन दिल पर रखा है . ( āpnē najar mē̃ rakhā hai ) najar kyā lēkin dil par rakhā hai . ( āp[pn.pl.nē] nazar[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) nazar[n.f.;sg.] kyā lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( you[.nē] glance in keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) glance what but heart (at|other) keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
440(You have kept me in your vision.) 441Let alone in the vision, but also in the heart.
403अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
442It is good.
404अटेन्शन देना ही पड़ता है . attention dēnā hī paṛtā hai . attention dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . attention give[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
443You have to pay attention.
405दादियों से : बापदादा ने देखा कि जो भी निमित्त हैं , चाहे भाई , पाण्डव चाहे शक्तियां . dādiyō̃ sē : bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki jō bhī nimitt haĩ , chāhē bhāī , pāṇḍav chāhē śhaktiyā̃ . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] . Dadi from : BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that that too instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) , Pandava (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Shakti . 406जो भी निमित्त बने हुए हो वह अच्छी तरह से अपना कार्य कर रहे हो और बापदादा खुश होता है जब देखते हैं कि हर एक अपनी जिम्मेवारी अच्छी तरह से सम्भाल रहे हैं . jō bhī nimitt banē huē hō vah achchhī tarah sē apnā kārya kar rahē hō aur bāpdādā khuśh hōtā hai jab dēkhtē haĩ ki har ēk apnī jimmēvārī achchhī tarah sē sambhāl rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] jab dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sambhālnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that too instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] that achcha x from (adopt[root]|one’s own) task do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and BapDada happy be[pres.sg.m.23] when see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that each one one’s own responsibility achcha x from be careful[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
444Dadis: BapDada has seen that whoever the instruments are, whether the brothers, the Pandavas or the Shaktis, all those who are instruments are doing their duties very well. 445BapDada is pleased when He sees that each one of you is looking after your responsibility very well.
407आपस में मिलजुल एक ने किया , दस ने सहयोग दिया . āpas mē̃ milajul ēk nē kiyā , das nē sahyōg diyā . āpas mē̃[x] x ēk[adj.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , das[adj.] nē[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . with each other x one ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x ∅ cooperation give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
446Working together, one speaks and ten others give their co-opereation.
408चल रहा है और चलता रहेगा . chal rahā hai aur chaltā rahēgā . chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and continue[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
447It is continuing and it will continue.
409यज्ञ सफल है . yagya saphal hai . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . sacrificial fire successful be[pres.sg.23] .
448The yagya is successful.
410आप भी सफलता स्वरूप हो . āp bhī saphaltā svarūp hō . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you too success form (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
449You are embodiments of success.
411सभी ठीक है . sabhī ṭhīk hai . sab[adv.hī] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all OK be[pres.sg.23] .
450All of you are well.
412बापदादा को कोई ऐसा दिखाई नहीं देता है , अच्छा दिखाई देता है . bāpdādā kō kōī aisā dikhāī nahī̃ dētā hai , achchhā dikhāī dētā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to some such (x[past-part.f.]|x) not give[pres.sg.m.23] , achcha be visible .
451BapDada cannot see anyone who is not OK. 452All of you are good.
413जो जो जिसके अर्थ निमित्त है वह निमित्त बन सम्भाल रहा है . jō jō jiskē arth|earth nimitt hai vah nimitt ban sambhāl rahā hai . jō[pn.;d.] jō[pn.;d.] jō[pn.sg.kē] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] sambhālnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . that that that[.kē] (meaning|earth) instrument be[pres.sg.23] that instrument (x|become[root]) be careful[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
453Whatever each of you is responsible for you are looking after that as an instrument.
414बापदादा सिर्फ सम्पूर्णता की बात करता है . bāpdādā sirph sampūrṇtā kī|key bāt kartā hai . bāpdādā sirph[adj.] sampūrṇtā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada only perfection (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter do[pres.sg.m.23] . 415बाकी कार्य ठीक चल रहा है . bākī kārya ṭhīk chal rahā hai . bākī|bākī kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . (but|others) task OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
454BapDada is speaking about perfection, but the work otherwise is going on well.
416मोहिनी बहन से : कुर्सा पर तो आ गई ना . mōhinī bahan sē : kursā par tō ā gaī nā . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : x par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā . x x from : x (at|other) then come[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ .
455Mohiniben: (She has not been well for some time and thought she would not make it to come in front of Baba.) 456You at least arrived here on the wheelchair.
417ऐसे थोड़ेही छोड़ेंगी . aisē thōṛēhī chhōṛē̃gī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛēhī chhōṛnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . such not renounce[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . 418चलेगा . chalēgā . chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] . continue[fut.m.sg.23] .
457You will not miss out on meeting BapDada.
419अभी तो समाप्ति करनी है . abhī tō samāpti karnī hai . ab[adv.hī] tō samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now then completion do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
458The completion has to happen.
420चल रहा है , चलता रहेगा . chal rahā hai , chaltā rahēgā . chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , chalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , continue[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
421परदादी से : अच्छा है , आप एक मूर्ति बनके यज्ञ में एक अच्छा दर्शनीय मूर्त बनी हुई हो . pardādī sē : achchhā hai , āp ēk mūrti bankē yagya mē̃ ēk achchhā darśhanīy mūrt banī huī hō . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[abs.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darśhanīy[adj.] mūrti, mūrt[n.f.;sg.] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.2] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from : achcha be[pres.sg.23] , you one image become[abs.] sacrificial fire in one achcha that grants visions image become[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.pl.f.2] .
459Par Dadi: It is good. 460You have become an idol and have become a good image that grants visions.
422आपकी शक्ल को देखकर सभी खुश होते हैं . āpkī śhakla kō dēkhkar sabhī khuśh hōtē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kī] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . you[.kī] face to see[abs.] all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
461Everyone becomes happy on seeing your face.
423निर्वेर भाई से : अभी जो भी पाण्डव चाहे शक्तियां जो निमित्त बनके कार्य कर रहे हैं , वह अच्छा कर रहे हैं , अच्छा करके और आगे से आगे यज्ञ की जो महिमा है , यज्ञ के सेवा की जो वृद्धि है , बाप की प्रत्यक्षता करना , वह भी प्लैन बना रहे हो . nirvēr bhāī sē : abhī jō bhī pāṇḍav chāhē śhaktiyā̃ jō nimitt bankē kārya kar rahē haĩ , vah achchhā kar rahē haĩ , achchhā karkē aur āgē sē āgē yagya kī|key jō mahimā hai , yagya kē|K sēvā kī|key jō vr̥iddhi hai , bāp kī|key pratyakṣhatā karnā , vah bhī plan banā rahē hō . x[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] : ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] aur āgē sē[postp.] āgē yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from : now that too Pandava (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Shakti that instrument become[abs.] task do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , achcha do[abs.] and previously from previously sacrificial fire (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that praise be[pres.sg.23] , sacrificial fire (of|K) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that growth be[pres.sg.23] , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation do[inf.m.sg.d.] , that too plan create[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
462Nirwairbhai: All the Pandavas and Shaktis who are carrying out their tasks as instruments are doing it well. 463You have to do it well and move forward as much as possible. 464The praise of the yagya, the growth of service in the yagya, and revelation of the Father, you are making plans for that.
424अभी यह लक्ष्य रखो कि बाप की प्रत्यक्षता हो . abhī yah lakṣhya rakhō ki bāp kī|key pratyakṣhatā hō . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . now this aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
465Now keep the aim of revealing the Father.
425सब कहें कि यह कार्य करने वाला कौन ! sab kahē̃ ki yah kārya karnē vālā kaun ! sab[adj.] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ! all say[opt.pl.12hon3] that this task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who !
466Everyone should say: Who is the One who is carrying out this task?
426भगवान आ गया , हमारा बाप आ गया , अभी यह भासना आवे . bhagvān ā gayā , hamārā bāp ā gayā , abhī yah bhāsnā āvē . bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ham[pn.pl.kā] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāsnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . God come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , we[.kā] father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , now this x[inf.m.sg.d.] come[opt.sg.23] .
467God has come, our Father has come. 468They should now have this feeling.
427अभी यह कोशिश करो . abhī yah kōśhiśh karō . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now this try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
469Now try to do this.
428ब्रह्माकुमारियों तक पहुंचे हैं . brahmākumāriyō̃ tak pahuñchē haĩ . brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . Brahma Kumari until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
470They have reached as far as recognising the Brahma Kumaris.
429ब्रह्माकुमार-कुमारियां अच्छे हैं लेकिन प्रत्यक्षता तो होनी है ना . brahmākumār-kumāriyā̃ achchhē haĩ lēkin pratyakṣhatā tō hōnī hai nā . brahmākumār kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . x achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] but revelation then be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
471The Brahma Kumars and Kumaris are good, but revelation has to take place.
430तो ऐसा कोई तपस्या करो , सेवा का प्लैन बनाओ जिसमें यह सिद्ध हो जाए . tō aisā kōī tapasyā karō , sēvā kā plan banāō jismē̃ yah siddha hō jāē . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] yah[pn.sg.d.] siddh[adj.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] . then such some tapasya do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , service of plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.mē̃] this successful be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] .
472So, now do such tapasya and make plans for service through which this will be proved.
431बाकी जो चला रहे हो वह ठीक चल रहा है . bākī jō chalā rahē hō vah ṭhīk chal rahā hai . bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] chalānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] ṭhīk[adj.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . (but|others) that x[pres.pl.m.prog.2] that OK continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
473Whatever you are continuing with, all of that is going well.
432हर एक अपनी-अपनी सेवा अच्छी कर रहे हैं बाकी जो परिवर्तन लाना है , वह सभी के ध्यान पर है . har ēk apnī-apnī sēvā achchhī kar rahē haĩ bākī jō parivartan lānā hai , vah sabhī kē|K dhyān par hai . har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] bākī|bākī jō[pn.;d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one one’s own service achcha do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] (but|others) that transformation x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , that all (of|K) attention (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] .
474Each one of you is doing your service well, and everyone is paying attention to the transformation that you have to bring about.
433रमेश भाई , उषा बहन से : बापदादा का तो हर कदम में वरदान है . ramēśh bhāī , uṣā bahan sē : bāpdādā kā tō har|her kadam mē̃ vardān hai . ramēśh bhāī[x] , x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] : bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Rameshbhai , x x from : BapDada of then (x|x[root]) step in blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
475Rameshbhai: BapDada gives a blessing at every step.
434अच्छा है दोनों अपनी तबियत का ख्याल रख रहे हो , यह अच्छा है . achchhā hai dōnō̃ apnī tabiyat kā khyāl rakh rahē hō , yah achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dōnō̃ apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khyāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] x one’s own health of thought keep[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , this achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
476It is good that both of you are looking after your health. 477That is good.
435 ( एकाउन्ट का कल नया वर्ष शुरू हो रहा है ) अच्छा है नये वर्ष की मुबारक हो . ( account kā kal nayā varṣh śhurū hō rahā hai ) achchhā hai nayē varṣh kī|key mubārak hō . ( account kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kal nayā varṣh[x] śhurū hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( account of x New Year x ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] new year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
478(The accounting New Year begins tomorrow.) 479It is good. 480Congratulations for the New Year.
481* * * O M S H A N T I * * *